Quarterlytics / Industrials / Staffing & Employment Services / ShiftPixy, Inc.

ShiftPixy, Inc.

pixy · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pixy
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Staffing & Employment Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · ShiftPixy, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
xx ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019

OR

¨¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____________ to _____________

SEC File No. 024-10557

SHIFTPIXY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Wyoming
(State of incorporation or organization)

1 Venture Suite 150, Irvine CA
(Address of principal executive offices)

47-4211438
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

92618
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number:(888) 798-9100

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
Title of each class registered

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Name of each exchange on which
each class is registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an
emerging company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

¨
x
x

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

¨
x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by reference to the price at which the common equity was
last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter ($1.53 on February 28, 2019) was approximately
$6,980,000.

The number of outstanding shares of Registrant’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, was 36,593,762 shares as of December 13, 2019.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description of Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Description of Property
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Small  Business  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits

2

4  
15 
30 
30 
30 
30

31

32 
33 
53 
54 
55 
55 
56

57 
65 
67 
68 
69

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, the other reports, statements, and information that we have previously filed or that we may subsequently file with the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”),  and  public  announcements  that  we  have  previously  made  or  may  subsequently  make  include,  may
include, incorporate by reference or may incorporate by reference certain statements that may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements” within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and are intended to enjoy the benefits of that act. Unless the context is otherwise, the
forward-looking  statements  included  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  this  Form  10-K  and  those  reports,  statements,  information  and  announcements
address activities, events or developments that ShiftPixy, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company” or “ShiftPixy”), expects or
anticipates will or may occur in the future. Any statements in this document about expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or future events or
performance are not historical facts and are forward-looking statements. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or
phrases  such  as  “may,”  “should,”  “could,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  “believe,”  “will  likely  result,”  “expect,”  “will  continue,”  “anticipate,”  “seek,”
“estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “would” and “outlook,” and similar expressions. Accordingly, these statements involve estimates, assumptions
and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in them. Any forward-looking statements are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the factors discussed throughout this document. All forward-looking statements concerning economic conditions, rates of growth,
rates of income or values as may be included in this document are based on information available to us on the dates noted, and we assume no obligation to
update  any  such  forward-looking  statements.  It  is  important  to  note  that  our  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  in  such  forward-looking
statements due to fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, government regulations, economic conditions and competitive product and pricing pressures in
the geographic and business areas in which we conduct operations, including our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions and other factors discussed
elsewhere in this Report.

Certain risk factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations and cause actual results or outcomes
to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us, and you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-
looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any
forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events. The risks and uncertainties we currently face are not the only ones we face. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not
possible for us to predict which will arise. There may be additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial to our
business. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause
actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  contained  in  any  forward-looking  statements.  If  any  such  risks  occur,  our  business,  operating  results,
liquidity  and  financial  condition  could  be  materially  affected  in  an  adverse  manner.  Under  such  circumstances,  you  may  lose  all  or  part  of  your
investment.

The  industry  and  market  data  contained  in  this  report  are  based  either  on  our  management’s  own  estimates  or,  where  indicated,  independent  industry
publications, reports by governmental agencies or market research firms or other published independent sources and, in each case, are believed by our
management to be reasonable estimates. However, industry and market data is subject to change and cannot always be verified with complete certainty

 
 
 
 
 
due  to  limits  on  the  availability  and  reliability  of  raw  data,  the  voluntary  nature  of  the  data  gathering  process  and  other  limitations  and  uncertainties
inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. We have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. In addition,
consumption patterns and customer preferences can and do change. As a result, you should be aware that market share, ranking and other similar data set
forth herein, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be verifiable or reliable.

3

  
Table of Contents

Item 1. Description of Business

PART I

 
 
 
Company Information

ShiftPixy, Inc (PIXY-Nasdaq), “ShiftPixy”, or the “Company” was incorporated under the laws of the State of Wyoming on June 3, 2015. Our principal
executive  office  is  located  at  1  Venture,  Suite  150,  Irvine,  CA  92618,  and  our  telephone  number  is  (888)  798-9100.  Our  website  address  is
www.shiftpixy.com.  We  do  not  incorporate  the  information  on  or  accessible  through  our  website  into  this  Report,  and  you  should  not  consider  any
information on, or that can be accessed through our website as a part of this Report.

ShiftPixy Human Capital Management Inc., d/b/a ShiftableHR

In  December,  2015  we  formed  Shift  Human  Capital  Management  Inc.,  d/b/a/  ShiftableHR,  (“SHCM”)  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary.  We  formed  this
subsidiary in response to the need to have workers’ compensation policies written in the names of the clients (as may be required by some states) and
otherwise  in  response  to  client  needs  for  only  administrative  and  processing  services  rather  than  the  assignment  of  employees,  particularly  temporary
employees, as offered by ShiftPixy. Under this subsidiary, under circumstances wherein the client remains as the sole employer of the subject employees,
we act as a payroll processor, human resources consultant, and administrator of workers’ compensation coverages and claims (providing “administrative
services only”). For administrative reasons, we believe that providing these services through a separate legal entity seemed advisable and required, and
thus we formed the subsidiary to provide these services. Our goal is to migrate these clients to ShiftPixy. We consolidate all operations of SCHM into the
financial statements of ShiftPixy.

Business Overview

Our current business, and the primary source of our revenues to date, has been under a traditional staffing services business model. Our initial market
focus is to use this traditional approach, coupled with developed technology, and address an underserved market containing predominately lower wage
employees with high turnover, in light industrial, services, and food and hospitality. The Company provides Human Resources, employment compliance,
insurance, payroll, and operational employment services solutions for our business clients (“clients”) and shift work or “gig” opportunities for worksite
employees (“WSEs”). We receive admin or processing fees as a percentage of a business client’s gross payroll, process and file payroll taxes and payroll
tax returns, provide workers compensation insurance, and provide employee benefits. We have built a substantial business on a recurring revenue model
since our inception in 2015 and we currently process in excess of $400 million of annualized payroll billings, based on $105 million of payroll billings for
our fourth fiscal quarter of 2019. Our business grew in both billings and billable worksite employees in excess of 50% year over year for each year since
inception and is expected to continue a high degree of growth. We have experienced losses to date as we have invested in both our technology solutions as
well as the back-office operations required to service a large employee base under a traditional staffing model.

We provide services to businesses and we define a “client” as any business paying us to provide employee related services. We are currently focused on
clients in the restaurant and hospitality industries, traditionally market segments with high employee turnover and low pay rates; however, we have clients
in a variety of other industries as well. All have written client service agreements. The basic client agreement is substantially similar for all clients, with
minor modifications to fit each client’s specific situation, and some differences to account  for  whether  the  engagement  is  with  ShiftPixy  or  its  wholly
owned subsidiary, Shift Human Capital Management Inc.

Our  founders’  initial  goal  was  to  bring  Employment Administration  Services  (“EAS”)  and  traditional  staffing  services  (“Staffing”)  to  an  underserved
segment of the market; namely small businesses who lack HR and Payroll infrastructure and therefore struggle with the HR compliance requirements and
high turnover that is prevalent for many businesses who employ lower income and part time workers. Since our inception in 2015, we have built a client
employee pool of over 25,000 persons that is populated by lower wage employees, averaging approximately $22,000 per year and for personnel typically
under  35  years  of  age.  We  believe  that  by  accumulating  together  a  large  number  of  low-wage  and  younger  employee  population,  we  will  obtain  a
competitive advantage and increase revenues and profits through increased services over and above our base service offering to better serve the younger
demographic through our technology solution.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
Table of Contents

Beginning  in  2015,  our  core  business  model  is  to  provide  payroll  services  and  to  facilitate  workers  compensation  insurance  to  small  businesses  in
exchange for an administration fee calculated as a percentage of their gross payroll. Our initial market focus was to provide a suite of payroll services for
small businesses who hire lower income and part-time workers in a high employee turnover environment and struggle to comply with costly employee
related “soft” costs such as workers compensation and governmental compliance. We provide such services by employing an operations team consisting
of taxation, customer service, HR Compliance, benefits, and workers compensation specialists and which allows us to deliver “best practices” HR, tax
compliance, workers compensation insurance, and payroll services at a lower cost than it would cost our clients to provide on their own.

Our revenues through the end of fiscal 2019 primarily consist of admin fees calculated as a percentage of gross payroll processed, payroll taxes due on
worksite  employees  billed  to  the  client  and  remitted  to  the  taxation  authority,  and  workers  compensation  premiums  billed  to  the  client  for  which  we
facilitate  workers  compensation  coverage.  Our  costs  of  revenues  consist  of  the  accrued  and  paid  payroll  taxes  and  our  costs  to  provide  the  workers
compensation coverage including premiums and loss reserves. A significant portion of our assets and liabilities is for our workers compensation reserves,
carried as cash balances, and our estimates of projected workers compensation claims, carried as liabilities. For 2019, we provide a self-funded workers
compensation policy up to $500,000 and purchase reinsurance for claims in excess of $500,000. As of August 31, 2019, we have workers compensation
related assets that are approximately $1.9 million higher than our projected workers compensation losses, or approximately 25% of the asset total as of
August 31, 2019. We also actively and closely monitor and manage our clients and worksite employees’ workers compensation claims which allow us to
provide a lower cost option for our clients than they would otherwise be able to purchase on their own. We believe that our customer value proposition is
to provide the combination of overall net cost savings to the client as follows:

·

·

·

·

·

Payroll tax compliance and management services

Governmental HR compliance such as for the Affordable Care Act compliance requirements

Reduced client workers compensation premiums or enhanced coverage

Access to an employee pool of potential applicants to reduce turnover costs

Offset by increased administrative fee cost to the client payable to ShiftPixy

Our  founders  believed  that  providing  this  baseline  business,  coupled  with  a  technology  solution  to  address  additional  concerns  such  as  employee
scheduling  and  turnover,  would  provide  a  unique,  cost  effective  solution  to  the  HR  compliance,  staffing,  and  scheduling  problems  that  faced  these
businesses. Our next goal, currently underway, is to match the small business needs of companies with paying “gigs” with a fully compliant and lower
cost staffing solution. For this, we need to acquire a significant number of worksite employees (“WSE”) to provide our paying clients with a variety of
solutions for their unique staffing needs and facilitate the employment relationship.

Managing, recruiting, and scheduling a large number of low wage employees can be both difficult and expensive. The acquisition and recruiting of such
an employee population is highly labor intensive and therefore have high customer acquisition costs in part due to high onboarding and maintenance costs
such as tax information capture or I-9 verification. Early in our history, we evaluated these costs and determined that proper process flows, automated with
blockchain and cloud technology and coupled with access to lower cost workers compensation policies resulting from economies of scale could result in a
profitable and low-cost scalable business model. To that end,

over the past four years, the Company has invested heavily in a robust, cloud-based Human Resources Information System (HRIS) platform in order to:

·

reduce WSE management costs,

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

·

automate new WSE and client onboarding, and

provide additional value-add services for our business clients resulting in additional revenue streams to the Company

Beginning in 2017, we began to develop our HRIS database and front-end desktop and mobile phone application to facilitate a lower and easier WSE and
client onboarding as well as for additional client functionality and the opportunity for WSEs to find shift work. We outsourced the development and had
delays in the launch of our application during 2018 into early 2019 due to delays with our outsourced development partner. Beginning in March 2019, we
brought the development of our application in house to complete and launched the initial phase in 2019. As of August 31, 2019, the initial launch was
completed and we began to provide some of the HRIS and application services to selected legacy customers on a test basis late in our fiscal year ending
August 31, 2019. Subsequent to year end, we continued working to implement additional mobile application and HRIS functionality in delivery, “gig”
intermediation services, and scheduling. We expect to launch some of these additional features and services in the fourth calendar quarter of 2019. We see
these technology based services as multiple potential revenue drivers with limited additional costs.

5

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
Table of Contents

Our cloud-based HRIS platform captures, holds, and processes HR and payroll information for the clients and WSEs through an easy to use customized
front end interface coupled with a secure, remotely hosted database. The HRIS system can be accessed by either a desktop computer or an easy to use
electronic  mobile  phone  application  designed  with  legally  binding  HR  workflows  in  mind.  Once  fully  implemented,  we  expect  to  reduce  the  time,
expense, and error rate for on boarding our client employees into our HRIS ecosystem and thereby have created a technological solution for employers
and their workers. Once onboarded, the client employees are included as our worksite employees and who are available for shift work within our business
ecosystem. This allows our HRIS platform to serve as a “gig” marketplace for WSEs and clients and allows for client businesses to better manage their
staffing needs.

As of August 31, 2018, ShiftableHR and ShiftPixy had a combined client list of 193 clients with approximately 8,500 worksite employees. As of August
31,  2019,  we  had  246  clients  with  over  13,000  WSEs  and  processed  payroll  of  over  $350  million  during  our  fiscal  year  ending August  31,  2019,  an
increase  of  nearly  60%  from August  2018  .  Of  these  WSEs,  approximately  60%  represent  workers  in  the  restaurant  industry.  We  have  an  additional

 
  
   
12,000 WSEs as of August 31, 2019 that were retained in our HRIS system that were not active WSEs as of August 31, 2019 but which are available for
“gig” opportunities.

Our Services:

Figure 1

To date, and throughout fiscal 2019, the core ShiftPixy client services were
to  provide  regular  payroll  processing  services  under  an  employer
administration services (“EAS”) model with “a la carte” additional services
added  as  can  be  seen  illustrated.  Our  payroll  processing  fee  is  typically  a
percentage  of  the  gross  payroll  processed.  We  also  provide  workers
compensation and payroll tax remittance and reporting as core services for
most of our clients with additional services such as benefits administration
and human resources services for additional fees. Beginning in fiscal 2020,
with the full commercial launch of our mobile application software, we will
provide  additional  services  for  employee  scheduling  and  delivery  as
described in greater detail below.

Our core EAS services are provided via standard legal contracts with our business clients, customized for each client’s specific needs and that are typically
one year in length and are cancelable with 30 days’ notice. Through August 31, 2019, we have not had any material revenues or billings generated within
our  HRIS  from  additional  value-added  services.  We  consider  our  future  service  offering  to  be  the  future  of  the  company  and  which  will  provide  for
additional  revenue  streams  and  support  cost  reductions  for  existing  and  future  business  clients.  Future  services,  including  technology  based  services
provided through our HRIS system and mobile application will be through “a la carte” pricing via customizable on-line contracts.

We  provide  our  solution  in  the  developing  nextGEN  or  “gig”  economy  primarily  by  absorbing  our  clients’  workers,  who  we  call  worksite  employees
(WSEs)  but  may  also  be  called  “shift  workers,”  “shifters,”  “gig  workers,”  or  “assigned  employees.”  WSEs  are  carried  under  a  ShiftPixy  corporate
employee umbrella and we shoulder certain employment-related compliance responsibilities for our business clients as part of our services provided. This
arrangement benefits the WSEs by opening additional work opportunities through access to other shift work with other ShiftPixy clients. The WSE further
benefits  from  employee  status  benefits  through  ShiftPixy’s  benefit  plan  offerings,  including  minimum  essential  health  insurance  coverage  plans  and  a
401(k) plan while enjoying the protections of workers’ compensation coverage and employment laws. 

6

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Technological Solution:

Figure 2

At the heart of ShiftPixy’s employment service solutions is a secure, cloud-
based  HRIS  database  accessible  by  a  desktop  or  mobile  device  through
which ShiftPixy worksite employees will be enabled to find available shift
work at ShiftPixy client locations. This solution solves a problem of finding
available  shift  work  for  both  the  shifters  looking  for  additional  shift  work
and business clients looking to fill open shifts. For new WSEs, the mobile
platform  includes  an  easy  to  use  WSE  onboarding  functionality  which  we
believe  will  increase  our  WSE  pool  of  workers  that  will  provide  a  deep
bench of worker talent for our business  clients.  The  onboarding  feature  of
our  software  enables  us  to  capture  all  application  process  related  data
regarding  our  assigned  employees  and  to  introduce  employees  to  and
integrate them into the ShiftPixy Ecosystem. The mobile platform features a
Pixy chatbot that leverages artificial intelligence to aid in gathering the data
from  workers  via  a  series  of  questions  designing  to  capture  all  required
information,  including  customer  specific  and  governmental  information.
Final  onboarding  steps  requiring  signatures  can  also  be  prepared  from  the
HRIS onboarding module.

In  2019,  we  implemented  additional  functionality  to  provide  a  scheduling  component  of  our  software,  which  enables  each  client  worksite  to  schedule
workers  and  to  identify  shift  gaps  that  need  to  be  filled.  We  utilize  artificial  intelligence  to  maintain  schedules  and  fulfillment,  using  an  active
methodology to engage and move people to action. We began using this functionality at the end of fiscal 2019 on a test basis.

The final phase of our initial platform, deployed in late fiscal 2019 on a test basis, consists of our “shift intermediation” functionality, which is designed to
enable our WSE shift workers to receive information regarding and to accept available shift work opportunities. The intermediation functionality becomes
useful only to the extent that we have meaningful numbers of available workers and client shift opportunities in the same geographic region. We reached
geographical concentration in Southern California during 2019 and we activated these key features in August 2019 to a limited group of customers on a

 
 
 
 
 
 
test basis.

Our goal is to have a mature and robust hosted cloud based HRIS platform coupled with a seamless and technically sophisticated mobile phone application
(“App”) that will act as both a revenue generation system as well as a “viral” customer acquisition engine through the combination of the scheduling,
delivery, and intermediation features and interactions. We believe that once a critical mass of clients and WSEs is achieved, additional shift opportunities
will  be  created  pulling  in  additional  WSEs  and  additional  client  businesses  in  food  service  and  hospitality  industries.  Our  approach  to  achieving  this
critical mass is to market our services to restaurant owners and franchisees, focusing on specific brands and geographical locations. We expect critical
mass to be a function of both geography, such as in Southern California for viral adoption by WSEs and clients, or by adoption within franchise brands for
viral adoption by clients.

7

 
 
Table of Contents

Markets and Marketing

Our initial market focus was chosen based on our understanding of the issues and challenges facing “Quick Service Restaurants” (“QSRs”), including fast
food  franchises  and  local  restaurants.  We  have  chosen  to  invest  in  two  key  features  of  our  mobile  application  to  this  end  consisting  of:  i)  scheduling
functionality,  designed  to  enhance  the  client’s  experience  through  scheduling  of  employees  and  reducing  the  impact  of  turnover  and  ii)  delivery
functionality,  designed  to  increase  revenues  through  delivery  fulfillment  as  well  as  to  bring  “in  house”  the  delivery  fulfillment  and  thereby  reducing
delivery costs.

 
 
 
 
Figure 3

One of the most recent developments in the food and hospitality industry is
the rapid rise of third-party restaurant delivery providers such as Uber Eats,
GrubHub, and DoorDash. These providers have successfully increased QSR
revenue in many local markets by providing food delivery to a wide-scale
audience using contract delivery drivers. We have observed two significant
issues  with  our  clients  and  third-party  delivery  providers  which  is
increasingly  being  reported  in  the  news  media  with  companies  like
Dominos  Pizza  and  Jimmy  Johns  franchises  providing  their  own  delivery
services  and  avoiding  third  party  delivery  services.  The  first  issue  is  the
very  large  revenue  share  typically  being  paid  to  many  of  these  third-party
delivery  providers  as  delivery  fees.  These  additional  costs  erode  the  profit
for  the  QSRs  from  those  additional  sales  made  through  this  delivery
channel.  The  second  is  that  our  QSR  customers  have  encountered
problematic  deliveries  of  their  food  products  -  late  deliveries,  cold  food,
missing accessories, and unfriendly delivery people. This in turn has caused
significant  “brand  erosion”  in  many  cases  and  has  caused  these  clients  to
reconsider third-party delivery.

We provide a solution to the third-party delivery issues. We designed our HRIS platform to manage food deliveries by the QSRs using internal personnel
and a customized “white label” smart phone App. Our recently released delivery feature links this “white label” delivery ordering system to our delivery
solution, thereby freeing the QSR to have their own brand showcasing an ordering APP but retaining similar back-office delivery technology including
scheduling,  ordering,  and  delivery  status  pushed  to  a  customer’s  smart  phone.  Our  technology  and  approach  to  human  capital  management  allows  the
company a unique window into the daily demands of QSR operators and the ability to extend our technology and engagement to enable this unique self-
delivery  proposition.  ShiftPixy’s  new  driver  management  layer  for  operators  in  the  ShiftPixy  ecosystem  will  now  allow  clients  to  use  their  own  team
members  to  deliver  a  brand  intended  customer  experience.  ShiftPixy’s  mobile  platform  now  provides  the  HR  compliance,  management  and  insurance
solutions necessary to the support of a delivery option and created a turnkey self-delivery opportunity for the individual QSR operator. Our solution saves
delivery costs to the QSR client and allows them to retain the customer information and quality control over the food delivery.

The first phase of this component of our platform is the driver onboarding, which was completed in 2019. The enhanced features will also “micro meter”
the  essential  commercial  insurance  coverages  required  by  our  operator  clients  on  a  delivery-by-delivery  basis  (workers’  compensation  and  auto
coverages)  which  has  been  a  significant  barrier  for  some  QSRs  to  provide  their  own  delivery  services.  We  began  using  the  “delivery  features”  of  our
mobile platform for selected customers on a trial basis in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019 and expect to fully deploy the solution in fiscal 2020.

8

 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

A significant problem for small businesses and in particular businesses in the food service industry such as QSRs, involve compliance with employment
related regulations imposed by federal, state and local governments. Requirements associated with workers’ compensation insurance, and other traditional
employment  compliance  issues,  including  the  employer  mandate  provisions  of  the  Patient  Protection  and  Affordable  Care  Act  (the  “ACA”)  create
compliance challenges and increased costs. The compliance challenges are often complicated by “workaround” solutions that many employers resort to in
order to avoid characterizing employees as “full-time” and which in turn requires increased compliance to avoid fines and penalties. To date, the U.S.
Congress has considered but not passed an amendment to replace the ACA other than the removal of the individual mandate provision in 2017. Despite
the removal of the individual mandate, employers still face regulatory issues and overhead costs for which we believe our services are a cost-effective
solution.

Other regulation is prevalent at the State and Local levels. Recently in California, where most of our worksite employees reside, legislation was passed
that  more  clearly  defines  “Gig”  workers  for  companies  such  as  Lyft  or  Uber  as  employees  rather  than  their  previous  classification  as  independent
contractors.  We  believe  that  legislation  such  as  this  is  a  direct  response  to  a  considerable  loss  of  tax  revenue  from  the  “Gig”  companies’  contract
employees,  and  that  there  is  an  increasing  likelihood  that  workers  in  other  states  will  have  to  be  treated  as  employees  within  the  next  few  years.  The
effective date for the California legislation is January 2020, although both Lyft and Uber are aggressively filing appeals to avoid these reclassifications. By
comparison, we have designed our HRIS platform solution to classify our WSEs as employees and thereby be well positioned to provide HR services for
companies that are impacted by the change from independent contractors to employees.

Figure 4

 
 
 
 
 
The  worldwide  trend  toward  a  Gig  Economy  resulting  from  the  market  adoption  of  smart  phones  and  mobile  telephones  and  remote  office  workers
moving away from the traditional 9 to 5 office or factory workplace. For our target worksite employee audience, as of February 2019, over 92% of 18-30-
year-old workers have, or use, a “smart” mobile telephone. This development has created opportunities for companies catering to the use of these devices.
We  have  designed  our  mobile  application  (“App”)  to  utilize  the  mobile  smart  phone  adoption  to  create  an  easy  to  use  on-boarding  tool  for  potential
employees. The migration towards a Gig Economy trend is also significant and according to a 2016 study conducted by Ardent partners, nearly 42% of the
world’s  total  workforce  is  now  considered  ‘non-employee,’  which  includes  contingent/contract  workers,  temporary  staff,  gig  workers,  freelancers,
professional  services,  and  independent  contractors.  (Ardent  Partners  Ltd.  “The  State  of  Contingent  Workforce  Management  2016-2017: Adapting  to  a
New  World  of  Work.”  October  2016).  Our  initial  focus  in  the  marketing  of  our  product  to  the  larger  Gig  Economy  is  to  small  and  medium  sized
businesses  with  high  worker  turnover  such  as  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  industries  who  have  high  turnover  and  often  contract  with  independent
contractor workers to perform less than full-time gig engagements, primarily in the form of shift work.

We  are  also  joining  the  hot  topic  dialogue  currently  going  on  in  the  nextGEN  Gig  Economy  about  companies  such  as  Uber  and  others  and  we  see  a
potential new market based upon the issue of worker misclassification in the Gig Economy. Gig Economy companies such as Uber may typically classify
the people working for them as “independent contractors” rather than “employees” for jobs (gigs). The companies can pay much less for services and in
regulatory  requirements  if  their  workers  are  classified  as  independent  contractors.  Under  state  and  federal  employment  laws,  workers  classified  as
employees  are  much  more  expensive  for  these  companies.  However,  increasing  legal  and  regulatory  pressure  against  Uber  and  others  has  increased
awareness about this issue. Most recently, in the State of California, legislation has passed that would require Uber, Lyft, and other shift companies to
convert  their  previously  classified  independent  contractors  to  employee  status.  ShiftPixy  management  foresaw  this  regulatory  change  and  provides  a
solution by absorbing workers for these types of Gig Economy companies as employees of ShiftPixy, eliminating any risk of litigation, fines and other
worker misclassification problems for these types of Gig Economy companies to the extent they become ShiftPixy clients.

9

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Figure 5

ShiftPixy’s  headquarters  is  currently  situated  in  Irvine,  California,  from  which  it  can  reach  the  Southern  California  market  and  has  a  geographical
presence via sales offices in New York, Austin, Texas, Chicago and the Orlando area from which its local sales/services representatives will secure and

 
 
 
 
 
 
service  clients  in  those  areas,  and  it  plans  to  open  additional  physical  offices  in  San  Francisco  and  Miami.  Through  these  office  locations,  we  plan  to
engage  more  actively  with  clients  through  sales,  marketing,  employee  onboarding,  training  and  payroll  processing,  in  each  instance  as  necessary  and
appropriate  to  the  applicable  market.  These  markets  collectively  account  for  or  allow  us  to  cover  approximately  53%  of  our  target  market  in  the
restaurant/hospitality sectors. (U.S. Department of Labor. Bureau of Labor Statistics. May 2015. Occupational Employment and Wages.).

10

 
Table of Contents

We believe ShiftPixy will experience business and revenue growth in the nextGEN Gig Economy from the following factors:

 
 
 
·

·

·

·

Large  Potential  Market.  Current  statistics  show  that  there  are  over  14.7  million  employees  working  in  our  current  target  market--the
restaurant and hospitality industries representing over $300 billion of annual revenues. (U.S. Department of Labor. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
February 2018). Compared to the total workforce in all industries, workers in the restaurant industry have a notably higher percentage of part-
time workers. (National Restaurant Association. “News & Research: Restaurant middle class job growth 4x stronger than overall economy.”
13 January 2016). At our current monetization rate per employee, this represents an annual revenue opportunity of over $9 billion per year for
the United States. Our current geographic presence in California, New York City and parts of Texas, Illinois, and Florida provides coverage
of  over  50%  of  this  opportunity.  Our  intention  is  to  expand  both  our  geographic  footprint  and  our  service  offerings  into  other  industries,
particularly where part-time work is a significant component of the applicable labor force, including the retail and health care sectors.

Rapid  Rise  of  Independent  Workers.  The  number  of  independent  workers,  totaling  approximately  41  million  in  2018,  is  expected  to
increase to 40% of the private, non-farm U.S. workforce by 2021. (MBO Partners. “America’s Independents / A Rising Economic Force /
2016  State  of  Independence  in America  Report  /  Sixth Annual.”  2016.). As  of  early  2019,  approximately  48%  of  the  U.S.  workforce  has
worked as an independent employee as either part time or on a contract basis (Source: http://www.mbopartners.com/state-of-independence).

Technology Affecting  and Attitudes  towards  Employment  Related  Engagements.  Gig-economy  platforms  have  changed  the  way  part-
time  workers  can  identify  and  connect  to  work  opportunities,  and  Millennials  and  others  have  embraced  such  technologies  as  a  means  to
secure short-term employment related engagements. The significant increase in the adoption of smart phone devices has provided the “last
mile” platform to enable technology solutions such as ours to provide a gig economy platform. Most importantly, for our target audience of
18-35 year old workers as of February 2019, 92% of these workers regularly use a smart phone (Source: Pew Research Center).

New ShiftPixy Mobile App is Designed to Provide Additional Benefits to Employers and NextGen Shift Workers. Millennials represent
approximately  40%  of  the  independent  workforce  who  are  over  the  age  of  21  and  who  work  15  hours  or  more  each  week.  (MBO  Partners.
“America’s Independents / A Rising Economic Force / 2016 State of Independence in America Report / Sixth Annual.” 2016.) Mindful that
most  of  its  shifters  will  be  Millennials  who  connect  with  the  outside  world  primarily  through  a  mobile  device,  ShiftPixy  is  poised  to
significantly expand its business through the ShiftPixy mobile app. The ShiftPixy mobile app is a proprietary application downloaded to mobile
devices,  allowing  ShiftPixy’s  shifters  to  access  shift  work  opportunities  at  all  of  ShiftPixy’s  clients,  not  just  their  current  restaurant  or
hospitality provider, and with an added feature, anticipated to be available in the first calendar quarter of 2020, also allowing shift employees
not working at its clients to access shift work opportunities at all of its clients.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Figure 6

 
 
 
 
The  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem  Solution:  ShiftPixy  has  developed  an  HRIS  Ecosystem  comprised  of  a  closed  proprietary  operating  and  processing
information system that provides a tool for businesses needing staffing flexibility to schedule existing employees and to post open schedule slots to be
filled by an available pool of shift workers. The ShiftPixy Ecosystem provides the following benefits to our clients:

1. 

2.

3.

4.

Compliance:  ShiftPixy  assumes  a  substantial  portion  of  a  business’s  employment  regulatory  compliance  issues  by  having  all  of  client
shifter employees become employees of ShiftPixy. As the employer of the WSEs, ShiftPixy can assist its clients with the staffing of their
shift  employee  requirements  by  providing  a  qualified  pool  of  potential  applicants  or  as  shift  workers.  The  individual  WSE  is  a  legal
employee  of  ShiftPixy  and  ShiftPixy  thereby  provides  employment  regulatory  compliance  reporting,  taking  this  burden  away  from  the
ShiftPixy client. The client’s management time spent on compliance issues substantially reduced and allows client management to focus on
their business.

Operational improvements: Our service can reduce the impact of high turnover, which is a consistent problem across the restaurant industry
and  a  significant  issue  to  our  clients.  Our  service  provides  pre-screened  applicants  for  permanent  positions  as  well  as  the  access  to  the
ShiftPixy Ecosystem population of potential shift workers. The flexibility inherent in the Ecosystem approach can better tailor the staffing
needs of a client to the talent pool available.

Cost Savings: The payroll and related costs associated WSEs such as workers compensation and benefits are consolidated and charged, in
effect, in conjunction with the shifters’ applicable rates of pay, allowing the clients to fund the employment related costs as the services are
used--thereby avoiding various lump sum employment-related cost impositions. Cost savings for our clients can be varied but in general we
see  cost  reductions  in  reduced  overhead  costs  related  to  HR  compliance,  payroll  processing,  and  elimination  of  non-compliance  fines  and
related penalties. We also see a reduction in the impact of high turnover and the related costs of that high turnover. ShiftPixy is able to use
economies of scale in purchasing employer related solutions such as workers’ compensation and other benefits and in general can provide a
shift worker to a business at a lower cost than the business can otherwise typically staff a particular position.

Improved human resources management: By having access to ShiftPixy’s entire part-time workforce, a client business is enabled to scale
up or down more rapidly, making it easier to contain and manage operational costs. The two largest costs for a restaurant are food and labor.
(National Restaurant Association “Restaurant Operations Report 2013-2014.) ShiftPixy charges a fixed percentage on wages that allows the
client business to budget and plan more effectively without the full weight associated with the threats of penalties or missteps in dealing with
employment law compliance related issues.

ShiftPixy and its subsidiary collectively serve, as of August 31, 2019 an aggregate of 246 clients, with an aggregate of approximately 13,000 employees.
None of these clients represents more than 10% of our revenues for fiscal year 2019.

12

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Competition

We see two primary sources of competition with no one competitor addressing both. Competitors to our “gig” business model include businesses such as
ShiftGig,  Instawork,  Snag,  Jobletics  and  other  comparable  businesses  that  seek  to  arrange  short-term  work  assignments  for  both  employees  and
independent contractors. Competitors to our HRIS Ecosystem, which encompasses on a broad scale, the assignment of a workforce to businesses on a
long-term basis, include businesses such as Insperity, TriNet Group, and Just Works, and the assignment of individual workers to businesses generally on
a short-term basis include businesses such as Kelly Services, ManpowerGroup, and Barrett Business Services.

We believe our service offering competes effectively based on our strategy of combining an Ecosystem of employment services with the individualized
ability to link trained workers to specific shift work opportunities.

Governmental Regulation

Our  business  operates  in  an  environment  that  is  affected  by  numerous  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  labor  and  employment
matters, benefit plans and income and employment taxes. Moreover, because our client engagements involve some form of co-employer relationship with
regard to the employees who provide services in employment to our clients, the application of such laws to these non-traditional employer relationships
can become complex. Nearly all states have adopted laws or regulations regarding the licensure, registration or certifications of organizations that engage
in co-employer relationships. While our model is currently not included in such regulations, we may become subject to such laws and regulations when
we enter into co-employer relationships with regard to employees providing services in the jurisdictions where such laws and regulations apply.

The following summarizes what we believe are the most important legal and regulatory aspects of our business:

Federal Regulations

Employer Status

We sponsor certain employee benefit plan offerings as the “employer” of our shift workers under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) and
ERISA. The multiple definitions of “employer” under both the Code and ERISA are not clear and most are defined in part by complex multi-factor tests
under  common  law.  We  believe  that  we  qualify  as  an  “employer”  of  our  shift  workers  under  both  the  Code  and  ERISA,  as  well  as  various  state
regulations,  but  this  status  could  be  subject  to  challenge  by  various  regulators.  For  additional  information  on  employer  status  and  its  impact  on  our
business and results  of  operations,  refer  to  Item  1A  of  this  Form  10-K,  under  the  heading,  “If  ShiftPixy  is  not  recognized  as  an  employer  of  worksite
employees  under  federal  and  state  regulations,  or  we  are  deemed  to  be  an  insurance  agent  or  third-party  administrator,  we  and  our  clients  could  be
adversely impacted.”

Affordable Care Act and Health Care Reform

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (the “ACA”) was signed into law in March 2010. The ACA implemented substantial health care reforms
with  staggered  effective  dates  continuing  through  2020,  and  many  provisions  in  the Act  require  the  issuance  of  additional  guidance  from  applicable
federal  government  agencies  and  the  states.  There  could  be  significant  changes  to  the  ACA  and  health  care  in  general,  including  the  potential
modification, amendment or repeal of the ACA. For additional information on the ACA and its impact on our business and results of operations, refer to
Item  1A  of  this  Form  10-K,  under  the  heading,  “Failure  to  comply  with,  or  changes  in,  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  business,  particularly
potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect on our marketing plan as well as our reputation, results of operations or financial
condition, or have other adverse consequences.” As of the date of this filing, the ACA has not been formally amended or repealed; however, the Tax Cuts
and Jobs Act of 2017 effectively eliminates the individual mandate provisions of the ACA, beginning in 2019.

13

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

Maintaining  the  security  of  information  regarding  our  employees  is  important  to  us  as  we  sponsor  employee  benefit  plans  and  may  have  access  to
personal  health  information  of  our  employees.  The  manner  in  which  we  manage  protected  health  information  (PHI)  is  subject  to  the  Health  Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH
Act). HIPAA contains substantial restrictions and health data privacy, security and breach notification requirements with respect to the use and disclosure
of PHI. Further, under the HITECH Act there are steep penalties and fines for HIPAA violations. Our health plans are covered entities under HIPAA, and
we are therefore required to comply with HIPAA’s portability, privacy, and security requirements. For additional information regarding the information
we collect, how we maintain the confidentiality of our clients’ and employees’ confidential information and the potential impact to our business if we fail
to protect the confidentiality of such data, refer to Item 1A of this Form 10-K, under the heading, “We host, collect, use, transmit and store personal and
business information, and a security or privacy breach may damage or disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage
our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses.”

State Regulations

Nearly all states have adopted provisions for licensing, registration, certification or other formal recognition of co-employers. Such laws vary from state to
state  but  generally  provide  for  monitoring  or  ensuring  the  fiscal  responsibility  of  a  professional  employer  organization,  and  in  some  cases  codify  and
clarify  the  co-employment  relationship  for  unemployment,  workers’  compensation  and  other  purposes  under  state  laws.  The  scope  of  the  laws  and
regulations of states is such that it encompasses the activities of ShiftPixy, Inc., as well as its subsidiary, ShiftableHR. In addition, many state laws require
guarantees by ShiftPixy, Inc. of the activities of its subsidiary, ShiftableHR, and in  some  states  we  may  seek  licensure,  registration  or  certification,  as
applicable,  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.,  with  its  subsidiary,  ShiftableHR,  because  the  financials  for  both  organizations  are  consolidated.  We  believe  we  are  in
compliance in all material respects with the requirements in the states wherein we are conducting business.

We must also comply with state unemployment tax requirements where our clients are located. State unemployment taxes are based on taxable wages and
tax rates assigned by each state. The tax rates vary by state and are determined, in part, based on our prior years’ compensation and unemployment claims
experience in each state. Certain rates are also determined, in part, by each client’s own compensation and unemployment claims experience. In addition,
states have the ability under law to increase unemployment tax rates, including retroactively, to cover deficiencies in the unemployment tax funds.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

ShiftPixy  has  registered  a  trademark  in  its  name,  and  a  copyright  in  its  “Pixy”  image.  In  addition,  the  company  has  submitted  a  patent  application  in
connection with certain features of its mobile application. ShiftPixy has other intellectual property and related rights as well, particularly in connection
with our software. We believe that our intellectual property is of considerable importance to our business.

Employees

As of August 31, 2019, we employed 67 people on a full-time basis in our corporate offices, and we served approximately 13,000 active, paid worksite
employees with an additional 12,000 inactive worksite employees carried within our HRIS platform.

Available Information

We are a public company and file annual, quarterly and special reports and other information with the SEC. We are not required to, and do not intend to,
deliver  an  annual  report  to  security  holders.  You  may  read  and  copy  any  document  we  file  at  the  SEC’s  public  reference  room  at  100  F  Street,  N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330  for  more  information  about  the  operation  of  the  public  reference  room.  Our  filings  are  also  available,  at  no  charge,  to  the  public  at
http://www.sec.gov.

Information Disclosures

Consistent with the SEC’s April 2013 guidance on using social media outlets like Facebook and Twitter to make corporate disclosures and announce key
information in compliance with Regulation FD, ShiftPixy is alerting investors and other members of the general public that ShiftPixy will provide updates
on operations and progress required to be disclosed under Regulation FD through its social media on Facebook, Twitter and YouTube. Investors, potential
investors, shareholders and individuals interested in our Company are encouraged to keep informed by following us on Twitter, YouTube or Facebook.

Facebook: http://www.facebook.com/shiftpixy
Twitter: http://www.twitter.com/shiftpixy
YouTube: http://www.youtube.com/shiftpixy

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our  operations  and  financial  results  are  subject  to  various  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  those  described  below,  that  could  adversely  affect  our
business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  and  the  trading  price  of  our  common  stock.  Some  statements  in  this  Report,  including
statements  in  the  following  risk  factors,  constitute  forward-looking  statements.  Please  refer  to  the  section  entitled  “Cautionary  Statement  Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements.”

15

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business

We  have  limited  operating  history,  which  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  evaluate  our  future  business  prospects  and  make  decisions  based  on  those
estimates of our future performance.

We are an emerging business and are in the process of developing our products and services. We have been in business for 50 months as of August 31,
2019. Although we have now processed gross billings of over $350 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 it is still difficult, if not impossible,
to  forecast  our  future  results  based  upon  our  limited  but  now  improving  historical  operating  data.  Because  of  the  related  uncertainties,  we  may  be
hindered in our ability to anticipate and timely adapt to increases or decreases in sales, revenues or expenses. If we make poor budgetary decisions as a
result of unreliable data, our gross billings in the future may decline, which may result in a decline in our stock price.

There  is  uncertainty  regarding  our  ability  to  implement  our  business  plan  and  to  grow  our  business  to  a  greater  extent  than  we  can  with  our  existing
financial  resources  without  additional  financing.  Except  from  the  proceeds  of  our  initial  public  offering  (“IPO”)  and  our  recent  private  placements  of
senior  secured  convertible  notes  to  institutional  investors  raising  $13  million  of  gross  proceeds  ($11.9  million  net  of  costs),  we  have  no  binding
agreements, commitments or understandings to secure additional financing at this time. We have no binding agreements, commitments or understandings
to acquire any other businesses or assets. Our long-term future growth and success is dependent upon our ability to generate cash from operating activities.
There is no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash from operations, to borrow additional funds or to raise additional equity capital. Our
inability to obtain additional cash could have a material adverse effect on our ability to fully implement our business plan as described herein and grow
our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources.

We  have  incurred  net  losses  in  recent  periods  and  may  require  additional  financing.  If  financing  is  not  available,  we  may  be  required  to  further
downsize or discontinue operations.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had cash of $1.6 million and a working capital deficiency of $15.9 million. During the year ended August 31, 2019,
the Company used approximately $2.4 million of cash in operations and an additional $1.1 million on capitalized software and fixed asset purchases. The
Company has incurred recurring losses resulted in an accumulated deficit of $45 million as of August 31, 2019. These conditions raise substantial doubt
as to the Company’s ability to continue as going concern within one year from issuance date of the financial statements, and our independent registered
public  accounting  firm  has  included  an  explanatory  paragraph  regarding  going  concern  qualification  in  its  audit  report.  Management  has  prepared  a
liquidity plan to address the going concern and while we believe that these liquidity plan measures will be adequate to satisfy our liquidity requirements
for the twelve months ending November 28, 2020, there is no assurance that the liquidity plan will be successfully implemented. Failure to successfully
implement the liquidity plan may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position, and may adversely affect our
ability to continue as a going concern. If we do not become consistently profitable, our accumulated deficit will grow larger and our cash balances will
decline further, and we will require additional financing to continue operations. Any such financing may not be accessible on acceptable terms, if at all. If
we  cannot  generate  sufficient  cash  or  obtain  additional  financing,  we  may  be  required  to  downsize  our  business  further  or  discontinue  our  operations
altogether.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our success depends on adoption of our products and services by our various types of customers, and if these potential customers do not accept and
acquire our products and services then our revenue will be severely limited.

The major customer groups to whom we believe our products and services will appeal, both employers and employees, particularly related to shift work,
may  not  embrace  our  products  and  services.  Acceptance  of  our  products  and  services  will  depend  on  several  factors,  including:  cost,  ease  of  use,
familiarity of use, convenience, timeliness, strategic partnerships, and reliability. If we fail to adequately meet our customers’ needs and expectations, our
product offerings may not be competitive and our ability to commence or continue generating revenues could be reduced. We also cannot be sure that our
business model will gain wide acceptance among all targeted customer groups. If the market fails to continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we
expect, our ability to continue generating revenues could be reduced.

The  Company  assumes  the  obligation  to  make  wage,  tax,  and  regulatory  payments  for  our  shifter  employees,  and,  as  a  result,  is  exposed  to  client
credit risks.

Under the Contract Service Agreement (“CSA”), we become a co-employer of worksite employees and assume the obligations to pay the salaries, wages
and related benefits costs and payroll taxes of such worksite employees. We assume such obligations as an agent, not as a principal, of the client. Our
obligations include responsibility for:

·

·

payment of the salaries and wages for work performed by worksite employees, regardless of whether the client timely pays us the associated
service fee

withholding and payment of federal and state payroll taxes with respect to wages and salaries reported by the Company.

If a client does not pay us, our ultimate liability for worksite employee payroll and benefits costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to effectively manage growth and maintain low operating costs, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely
affected.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception, and our plans contemplate significant expansion of our business. If we are unable to manage our
growth  effectively,  including  having  geographically  dispersed  offices  and  employees  or  to  anticipate  and  manage  our  future  growth  accurately,  our
business may be adversely affected. If we are unable to manage our expansion and growth effectively, we may be unable to keep our operating costs low
or effectively meet the requirements of an ever-growing, geographically dispersed client base. Our business relies on data systems, billing systems and
financial  reporting  and  control  systems,  procedures  and  controls.  Our  success  in  managing  our  expansion  and  growth  in  a  cost-effective  manner  will
require us to upgrade and improve these systems, procedures and controls. If we are unable to adapt our systems and put adequate controls in place in a
timely  manner,  our  business  may  be  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  our  growth  may  place  significant  demands  on  our  management,  and  our  overall
operational and financial resources. A failure on our part to meet any of the foregoing challenges inherent in our growth strategy may have an adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our targeted customer base is diverse, and we face a challenge in adequately meeting each group’s needs.

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
Because we will serve both employers and employees, we must work constantly to understand the needs, standards and requirements of each group and
must  devote  significant  resources  to  developing  products  and  services  for  their  interests.  If  we  do  not  accurately  predict  our  customers’  needs  and
expectations, we may expend valuable resources in developing products and services that do not achieve broad acceptance across the markets, and we
may fail to grow our business.

17

 
 
Table of Contents

We  face  intense  competition  across  all  markets  for  our  services,  which  may  lead  to  lower  revenue  or  operating  margins. Competing  forms  of  Gig
Economy oriented staffing management products and services may be more desirable to consumers or may make our products and services obsolete.

Our competitors range in size from diversified global companies with significant research and development resources to small, specialized firms whose

 
 
 
narrower  service  lines  may  let  them  be  more  effective  in  deploying  technical,  marketing,  and  financial  resources.  Barriers  to  entry  in  many  of  our
businesses are low and many of the areas in which we compete evolve rapidly with changing and disruptive technologies, shifting user needs, and frequent
introductions of new products and services. Our ability to remain competitive depends on our success in making innovative products, devices, and services
that appeal to customers.

Companies  compete  with  us  based  on  a  growing  variety  of  business  models.  The  competitive  pressures  described  above  may  cause  decreased  sales
volumes, price reductions, and/or increased operating costs, such as for research and development, marketing, and sales incentives. This may lead to lower
revenue, gross margins, and operating income.

There are currently several different competing Gig Economy oriented staffing management product and service technologies that are being marketed to
our  potential  customers.  Further  development  of  any  of  these  technologies  may  lead  to  advancements  in  technology  that  will  make  our  products  and
services obsolete. Consumers may prefer alternative technologies and products and services. We cannot guarantee that users of Gig Economy oriented
staffing  management  products  and  services  who  will  be  using  our  products  and  services  will  continue  to  grow  within  the  industry  as  a  whole. Any
developments  that  contribute  to  the  obsolescence  of  our  products  and  services  may  substantially  impact  our  business,  reducing  our  ability  to  sustain
generating revenues.

Providing specialized Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services is an emerging yet competitive business, and many of our
competitors have greater resources that may enable them to compete more effectively.

We will compete in the same markets with many companies that offer not only staffing management products and services focused on the Gig Economy
but also more traditional staffing management products and services. There are limited barriers to entry. Price competition in the industry, particularly
from larger, more traditional industry model competitors, is intense, and pricing pressures from competitors and clients are increasing. New competitors
entering our markets may further increase pricing pressures.

Clients may competitively bid new contracts; a trend is expected to continue for the foreseeable future. Some of our competitors have greater resources
than we do, which may enable them to compete more effectively in this market. Our competitors may devote their resources to developing and marketing
products and services that will directly compete with our product lines, and new, more efficient competitors may enter the market. If we are unable to
successfully compete with existing companies and new entrants to the market this will have a negative impact on our business and financial condition.

We operate in an immature and rapidly evolving industry and have a relatively new business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business
and prospects.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapidly changing regulatory requirements, evolving industry standards and shifting user and client
demands.  Our  business  model  is  also  evolving  and  is  different  from  models  used  by  other  companies  in  our  industry. As  a  result  of  these  factors,  the
success and future revenue and income potential of our business is uncertain. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in
light of these risks and uncertainties, some of which relate to our ability to:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Expand employer and employee client relationships;

Increase the number of our employer clients and grow a shifter employee base;

Develop relationships with third-party vendors such as insurance companies;

Expand operations and implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls;

Raise capital at attractive costs, or at all;

Attract and retain qualified management, employees and independent service providers;

Successfully introduce new processes, technologies products and services and upgrade our existing processes, technologies, products and
services;

Protect our proprietary processes and technologies and our intellectual property rights; and

Respond to government regulations relating to the internet, personal data protection, email, software technologies, cyber security and other
regulated aspects of our business.

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  address  the  challenges  posed  by  operating  in  an  immature  and  rapidly  evolving  industry  and  having  a  relatively  new
business model, our business could suffer.

18

 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
Table of Contents

We have claims and lawsuits against us that may result in adverse outcomes.

We are subject to a variety of claims and lawsuits. These claims may arise from a wide variety of business practices, significant business transactions,
operational claims, and employment practices. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive
relief  that  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  our  business.  The  litigation  and  other  claims  are  subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and
management’s view of these matters may change in the future. A material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements could occur for the
period in which the effect of an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

We  have  identified  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  If  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  not
effective,  we  may  not  be  able  to  accurately  report  our  financial  results  or  file  our  periodic  reports  in  a  timely  manner,  which  may  cause  adverse
effects on our business and may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in stock price. 

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary in order to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. In connection with the audit
of our consolidated financial statements for the year ended August 31, 2019, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control
over  financial  reporting  relating  to  our  IT  environment,  controls  over  cut-off  procedures,  a  related  party  transaction,  accounting  for  certain  litigation
accruals, segregation of duties and corporate oversight functions. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control
over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis.

If we are unable to successfully remediate our material weaknesses or identify any future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, the accuracy and
timing  of  our  financial  reporting  may  be  adversely  affected,  a  material  misstatement  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  could  occur,  we  may  be
unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports, which may adversely affect our business and
our stock price may decline as a result. In addition, even if we remediate our material weaknesses,  we will be required to expend significant time and
resources to further improve our internal controls over financial reporting, including by further expanding our finance and accounting staff to meet the
demands that are placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to adequately staff our accounting
and finance function to remediate our material weaknesses, or fails to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, any new or recurring
material weaknesses could prevent us from concluding our internal control over financial reporting is effective and impair our ability to prevent material
misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, which could cause our business to suffer.

If we are unable to secure or pay for the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be
able to offer some of our services and our revenues could be reduced.

We are required to obtain and maintain various types of insurance coverage for our business, in particular health and workers’ compensation insurance
related to our employees. Although we have contracts with all types of providers currently necessary for our business, if in the future we are unable to
secure the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of our services
and our revenues could be reduced. In addition, any increases in the cost of insurance coverage we are required to maintain could reduce profitability (or
increase net losses).

We  provide  limited  self-  insurance  for  our  workers  compensation  services  provided  to  our  clients.  If  we  have  claims  in  excess  of  our  collected
premiums  we  may  incur  additional  losses.  Workers’  compensation  costs  for  shifter  employees  may  rise  and  reduce  our  margins  and  require  more
liquidity.

The Company is responsible for and pays workers’ compensation costs for its shift workers. We currently provide self-insurance for up to $500,000 per
occurrence and purchase reinsurance for claims in excess of $500,000. Our workers compensation billings are designed to cover expected claims based on
insurance annuity calculations. These calculations are based on our limited operating history and claims experiences due to our limited operating history.
At  times,  these  costs  have  risen  substantially  as  a  result  of  increased  claims  and  claim  trends,  general  economic  conditions,  changes  in  business  mix,
increases  in  healthcare  costs,  and  government  regulations. Although  the  Company  carries  insurance  and  currently  has  reserves  in  excess  of  projected
losses, unexpected changes in claim trends, including the severity and frequency of claims, actuarial estimates, and medical cost inflation could result in
costs that are significantly different than initially reported. If future claims-related liabilities increase due to unforeseen circumstances, or if new laws,
rules, or regulations are passed, costs could increase significantly. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to increase the fees charged to
clients in a timely manner and in a sufficient amount to cover increased costs as a result of any changes in claims-related liabilities.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may be subject to penalties and interest payable on taxes as a result of data entry into our software or manual error.

Our  input  of  data  in  our  tax  processing  software  must  be  entered  properly  in  order  to  process  the  data  and  payments  correctly  with  regard  to  clients,
employees  and  applicable  tax  agencies.  If  we  input  incorrect  data  or  input  accurate  data  incorrectly,  we  could  inadvertently  overbill  or  underbill  our
clients  or  overpay  or  underpay  applicable  taxes,  resulting  in  the  loss  of  net  income  and/or  clients  and/or  the  incurrence  of  tax  penalties  and  interest.
Despite  our  efforts  to  reconcile  taxes  on  a  monthly  basis,  we  may  incur  additional  taxes,  penalties  and  interest  for  which  we  may  or  may  not  bill  the
clients.

Our Ability to Adjust and Collect Service Fees for Increases in Unemployment Tax Rates May be Limited

We record our State Unemployment Tax (“SUI”) expense based on taxable wages and tax rates assigned by each state. SUI tax rates vary by state and are
determined, in part, based on prior years’ compensation experience in each state. Prior to the receipt of final tax rate notices, we estimate our expected
SUI tax rate in those states for which tax rate notices have not yet been received for purposes of pricing. In a period of adverse economic conditions state
unemployment  funds  may  experience  a  significant  increase  in  the  number  of  unemployment  claims. Accordingly,  SUI  tax  rates  would  likely  increase
substantially. Some states have the ability under law to increase SUI tax rates retroactively to cover deficiencies in the unemployment fund.

In addition, FUTA may be retroactively increased in certain states in the event the state fails to timely repay federal unemployment loans. Employers in
such states are experiencing higher FUTA tax rates as a result of not repaying their unemployment loans from the federal government in a timely manner.
The  credit  reduction  is  an  additional  tax  on  the  FUTA  wage  base  for  employers  in  states  that  continue  to  have  outstanding  federal  unemployment
insurance loans beginning with the fifth year in which there is a balance due on the loan. States have the option to apply for a waiver before July 1st of the
year in which the credit reduction is applicable.

Generally, our contractual agreements allow us to incorporate such statutory tax increases into our service fees upon the effective date of the rate change.
However, our ability to fully adjust service fees in our billing systems and collect such increases over the remaining term of the clients’ contracts could be
limited, resulting in a potential tax increase not being fully recovered. As a result, such increases could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.

Financial Market Risks

We have warrants and convertible debt that may be converted into shares issued in the future, which would dilute your ownership in the Company

On  June  4,  2018,  December  20,  2018,  and  March  12,  2019  the  Company  issued  senior  secured  convertible  note  agreements  with  certain  institutional
investors in which, at any time while there is an outstanding balance, the notes may be converted, at the option of the holders at a conversion price for the
principal  and  interest,  subject  to  adjustment  from  down  round  price  protection. As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  these  notes  were  in  default  and  therefore
subject to a conversion price of 75% of the lowest volume weighted average price on any given trading day for the June 2018, December 2018 notes the
March 2019 notes. As of the August 31, 2019 date, those notes, if converted at the applicable discount price, would be convertible into approximately
19.7 million shares of common stock. In conjunction with the above transactions, the Company also granted warrants to purchase up to 4.2 million shares
of  common  stock,  which  may  be  exercised  for  up  to  five  years  from  their  issuance  date.  These  warrants  may  also  include  the  requirement  for  the
Company to issue additional warrants if a future financing is entered into at a price per share below the warrant exercise price. Further, any additional
financing that we secure may require the granting of rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock and which result in additional
dilution of the existing ownership of our common shareholders.

The agreements governing our senior convertible notes contain a mandatory default amount when an event of default occurs

The indentures governing our senior secured convertible notes, contain mandatory default amounts when an event of default occurs. In general, interest is
to be accrued at 18% annual rate from the date of default, the conversion feature is modified to be a discount of between 15% and 25% to the volume
weighted average price on the date of conversion, and a mandatory redemption may be demanded at up to 130% of the remaining principal balance. We
have been notified that our June 2018, December 2018, and March 2019 notes are in default by one of our noteholders for failure to honor a conversion
notice sent in June 2019 for the March 2019 notes. We are currently in litigation with our note holders for this failure to honor conversions for the June
2018, December 2018, and March 2019 series. If we remain in default, one or a combination of the following could occur: i) we could have to repay a
portion of the outstanding notes at a premium to the total non-default outstanding principal balance of approximately $6.8 million, the conversion price
could be reduced resulting in additional shares issued which could cause dilution to common shareholders, and iii) additional cash interest may be due.

Our Common Stock is thinly traded, which can cause volatility in its price.

Our Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC, and is thinly traded. Thinly traded stock can be more susceptible to market
volatility. This market volatility could significantly affect the market price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. Securities
markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. In addition, the price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations
in response to the following factors, among others:

·

·

·

·

·

·

a deviation in our results from the expectations of public market analysts and investors;

statements by research analysts about our common stock, our company or our industry;

changes  in  market  valuations  of  companies  in  industries  to  which  our  company  is  compared  and  market  evaluations  of  our  industries  in
which our company is deemed to be operating generally;

actions taken by our competitors;

sales or other issuances of common stock by us, our senior officers, directors or other affiliates; or

other general economic, political or market conditions, many of which are beyond our control.

The market price of our Common Stock will also be impacted by our quarterly operating results which can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our Common Stock is closely held by our founders which may limit a minority shareholder from influencing corporate governance.

Approximately 70% of our issued and outstanding common shares are held by the founders of the Company, Scott Absher, our Chief Executive Officer
and  Steven  Holmes.  In  addition,  these  individuals  have  options  to  purchase  preferred  shares  of  the  Company  which  in  turn  may  be  converted  into
additional common shares in the future. Individual shareholders with a minority stake may have limited influence over shareholder matters.

We have received a delisting notice from Nasdaq and may not be able to maintain our Nasdaq market presence.

On  June  6,  2019  we  received  a  notice  from  the  regulations  department  of  the  Nasdaq  marketplace  for  a  delinquency  in  maintaining  our  share  price  at
$1.00 per share for a thirty day period as required under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2) and provided for a six month cure period. On December 4, 2019
we  received  a  de-listing  notice  that  would  result  in  the  Company  being  delisted  from  the  Nasdaq  Capital  Market  on  December  13,  2019  unless  the
Company files for a hearing by December 11, 2019. We filed for a hearing date which is scheduled for January 23, 2020. While we believe we are taking
steps to address the listing requirements, we may not be successful in maintaining our Nasdaq Capital Market listing which may result in our being listed
on  another  exchange,  or  listed  OTC  or  in  the  “pink  sheets.”  Such  a  downgrading  in  our  listing  market  may  limit  our  ability  to  make  a  market  in  our
common shares and which may impact purchases or sales of our securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging
growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following
the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, which was in June 2017, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least
$1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-
affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior August 31th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during
the  prior  three-year  period.  For  so  long  as  we  remain  an  “emerging  growth  company”  we  may  take  advantage  of  certain  exemptions  from  various
reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being
required  to  comply  with  the  auditor  attestation  requirements  of  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  We  cannot  predict  if  investors  will  find  our
common stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result,
there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided
in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other
words,  an  “emerging  growth  company”  can  delay  the  adoption  of  certain  accounting  standards  until  those  standards  would  otherwise  apply  to  private
companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more
difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public
company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.

Technology Oriented Risks

We  collect,  use,  transmit  and  store  with  data  services  vendors  personal  and  business  information,  and  a  security  or  privacy  breach  may  damage  or
disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses.

In connection with our business, we collect, use, transmit and store with data services vendors large amounts of personal and business information about
our  clients  and  shift  employees,  including  payroll  information,  healthcare  information,  personal  and  limited  business  financial  data,  social  security
numbers, bank account numbers, tax information and other sensitive personal and business information. In addition, as we continue to grow the scale of
our  offering,  we  will  process  and  store  with  data  services  vendors  an  increasing  volume  of  personally  identifiable  information  of  our  users.  Our  data
services vendors include PrismHR, Amazon Web Services, Microsoft OneDrive, ShareFile, Dropbox, Egnyte, Smartsheet, MasterTax, Microsoft Outlook,
Microsoft Office 365, and RightSignature; we believe these vendors implement industry standard or greater data security measures to protect the data that
we  transmit  through  and/or  store  with  them.  Despite  our  efforts  to  protect  customer  data,  perceptions  that  the  collection,  use,  and  storage  of  personal
information is not satisfactorily protected could inhibit sales of our services and could limit adoption of our services. In addition, the continued occurrence
of high-profile data breaches provides evidence of an external environment increasingly hostile to information security.

We  are  focused  on  ensuring  that  our  operating  environments  safeguard  and  protect  personal  and  business  information,  and  we  will  devote  significant
resources to maintain and regularly update our systems and processes. Despite our efforts to maintain security controls across our business, it is possible
our  security  controls  over  personal  data,  our  training  of  employees  and  vendors  on  data  security,  and  other  practices  we  follow  may  not  prevent  the
improper disclosure of customer data we or our vendors store and manage. In addition, attacks on information technology systems continue to grow in
frequency, complexity and sophistication, and the Company may be targeted by unauthorized parties using malicious tactics, code and viruses.

We  have  third  party  contractors  who  monitor  our  activities  in  a  manner  designed  to  prevent,  detect  and  respond  to  data  security  incidents.  However,
because  the  techniques  used  to  obtain  unauthorized  access,  disable  or  degrade  service,  or  sabotage  systems  change  frequently  and  may  be  difficult  to
detect  for  long  periods  of  time,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement  adequate  preventive  measures.  In  addition,  hardware,
software,  or  applications  we  develop  or  procure  from  third-parties  may  contain  defects  in  design  or  manufacture  or  other  problems  that  could
unexpectedly compromise the confidentiality, integrity or availability of data or our systems. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to gain access to our
systems  or  facilities,  or  those  of  third-parties  with  whom  we  do  business,  through  fraud,  trickery,  or  other  methods  of  deceiving  our  employees,
contractors, and temporary staff. As these threats continue to evolve, we may be required to invest significant additional resources to modify and enhance
our information security and controls or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities. In addition, while our operating environment is designed
to safeguard and protect personal and business information, we do not have the ability to monitor the implementation of similar safeguards by our clients,
vendors or their respective employees, and, in any event, third-parties may be able to circumvent those security measures.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Any cyber-attack, unauthorized intrusion, malicious software infiltration, network disruption, denial of service, corruption of data, or theft of non-public or
other  sensitive  information,  similar  act  by  a  malevolent  party,  or  inadvertent  acts  by  our  own  employees,  could  result  in  the  disclosure  or  misuse  of
confidential or proprietary information, harm our reputation, and could have a materially adverse effect on our business operations, or that of our clients,
create financial liability, regulatory sanction, or a loss of confidence in our ability to serve clients or cause current or potential clients to choose another
service provider, and subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. Although we believe that
through our third-party contractors we maintain a program of information security and controls and any threats that we might have encountered to date
have not materially impacted us, the impact of a data security incident could have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition. We have insurance coverage for risks for exchanging and maintaining data electronically that is designed to address certain aspects of
cyber-risks, such insurance coverage may be denied or be insufficient to cover all losses or all types of claims that may arise in the continually evolving
area of cyber-risk. In addition, any further security measures we may undertake to address further protections, may cause higher operating expenses.

We  are  also  subject  to  various  federal  and  state  laws,  rules  and  regulations  relating  to  the  collection,  use,  transmission  and  security  of  personal  and
business information. In addition, the possession and use of personal information and data in conducting our business subjects us to laws that may require
notification to regulators, clients or employees in the event of a privacy breach and may impose liability on us for privacy deficiencies, including but not
limited to liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or
HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. These laws continue to develop, the number of jurisdictions adopting such laws continues to increase, and these laws
may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The future enactment of more restrictive laws, rules or regulations could have a materially adverse
impact  on  us  through  increased  costs  or  restrictions  on  our  businesses  and  noncompliance  could  result  in  regulatory  penalties  and  significant  legal
liability. In addition, enforcement actions and investigations by regulatory authorities related to data security incidents and privacy violations continue to
increase.

Some of the activities in which our shift workers could become involved could include health care information related responsibilities and could thereby
invoke the need for compliance with HIPAA as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH. The
United States Department of Health and Human Services issued regulations that establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic
health  care  transactions  and  protecting  the  privacy  and  security  of  protected  health  information  used  or  disclosed  by  health  care  providers  and  other
covered  entities.  Three  principal  regulations  with  which  we  are  required  to  comply  have  been  issued  in  final  form  under  HIPAA:  privacy  regulations,
security  regulations,  and  standards  for  electronic  transactions,  which  establish  standards  for  common  health  care  transactions.  The  privacy  regulations
cover the use and disclosure of protected health information by health care providers. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect
to his or her protected health information maintained by a health care provider, including the right to access or amend certain records containing protected
health information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of protected health information. The security regulations establish requirements for
safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of protected health information that is electronically transmitted or electronically stored. The
HITECH Act,  among  other  things,  establishes  certain  health  information  security  breach  notification  requirements. A  covered  entity  must  notify  any
individual whose protected health information is breached. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not
supersede state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records
containing  protected  health  information.  These  laws  contain  significant  fines  and  other  penalties  for  wrongful  use  or  disclosure  of  protected  health
information. Additionally, to the extent that we submit electronic health care claims and payment transactions that do not comply with the electronic data
transmission standards established under HIPAA and HITECH, payments to us may be delayed or denied.

22

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We may be vulnerable to security breaches that could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.

Despite  security  measures  and  business  continuity  plans,  our  information  technology  networks  and  infrastructure  may  be  vulnerable  to  damage,
disruptions, or shutdowns due to unauthorized access, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service, and other security breaches. An attack
on or security breach of our network could result in interruption or cessation of access and services, our inability to meet our access and service level
commitments,  and  potentially  compromise  customer  data  transmitted  over  our  network.  We  cannot  guarantee  that  our  security  measures  will  not  be
circumvented, resulting in network failures or interruptions that could impact our network availability and have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, and results. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against such threats. If an actual or perceived breach of our
security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, and we could lose customers. Any such events could
result in legal claims or penalties, disruption in operations, misappropriation of sensitive data, damage to our reputation, and/or costly response measures,
which could adversely affect our business. Although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions (including self-
insured  deductibles,  coverage  restrictions  and  monetary  coverage  caps),  cover  certain  aspects  of  our  cyber  risks,  such  insurance  coverage  may  be
unavailable or insufficient to cover our losses.

 If we are unable to protect our proprietary and technology rights our operations will be adversely affected.

Our  success  will  depend  in  part  on  our  ability  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights  and  technologies,  including  those  related  to  our  products  and  services.
Protecting our intellectual property rights and combating unlicensed copying and use of our software and other intellectual property is difficult. Except as
otherwise noted herein, we have not applied for any formal patent, trademark or similar protection. Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights
may adversely affect our operations. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our services
or to obtain and use trade secrets or other information that we regard as proprietary. Based on the nature of our business, we may or may not be able to
adequately protect our rights through patent, copyright and trademark laws. Our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad
may not be adequate, and competitors may independently develop similar technologies. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to:

·

·

·

·

Enforce intellectual property rights;

Protect our trade secrets;

Determine the validity and scope of the rights of others; or

Defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.

Any such litigation could result in substantial costs if we are held to have willfully infringed or to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing
technology  and  would  divert  the  attention  of  management  from  the  implementation  of  our  business  strategy.  Furthermore,  the  outcome  of  litigation  is
inherently difficult to predict and we may not prevail in any litigation in which we become involved.

Software products we use in our business may contain defects which will make it more difficult for us to establish and maintain customers.

We are currently using PrismHR software for our payroll processing. We also use MasterTax to process our tax reports and filings. We also use a host of
other  software  products  in  the  course  of  conducting  our  business.  Of  course,  the  mobile  app  component  of  our  mobile  platform,  along  with  the  client
portal  and  the  ShiftPixy  Command  Hub,  constitute  our  proprietary  software  and  contain  components  that  are  licensed  from  third  parties  and  that  are
public domain software. Our payroll processing software and other software products we use in our business may contain undetected design faults and
software errors, or “bugs” that are discovered only after they has been installed and used by a greater number of customers. Any such defect or error in
new or existing software or applications could cause delays in delivering our technology or require design modifications. These could adversely affect our
competitive  position  and  cause  us  to  lose  potential  customers  or  opportunities.  Since  our  technologies  are  intended  to  be  utilized  to  supply  human
resources related services, the effect of any such bugs or delays will likely have a detrimental impact on us. In addition, given that our specialized human
resources software and services has yet to gain widespread acceptance in the market, any delays or other problems caused by software bugs would likely
have a more detrimental impact on our business than if we were a more established company.

23

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

If  a  contract  relating  to  our  mission  critical  software  that  we  use  in  our  business  is  terminated  or  not  renewed,  our  business  could  be  seriously
disrupted and our revenues significantly reduced.

If a contract relating to our mission-critical software services, such as that applicable to payroll and payroll tax processing, is terminated or non-renewed,
and we do not have an effective replacement software, our business and revenues would suffer. Although there are other software vendors we can use, it
may  take  time  to  negotiate  an  agreement  and  make  operational  this  replacement  software. Accordingly,  if  the  software  agreements  that  we  use  in  our
business  are  terminated  or  not  renewed,  our  business  could  be  seriously  disrupted  and  our  revenues  significantly  reduced  until  we  locate  and  make
operational replacement software.

Our systems may be subject to disruptions that could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of complicated transactions. We rely
heavily on our payroll, financial, accounting, and other data processing systems. We may not be successful in preventing the loss of client data, service
interruptions or disruptions to our operations from system failures. If any of these systems fails to operate properly or becomes disabled even for a brief
period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation, any
of which could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial condition.

Because we store data in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon, any disruptions in our ability to access this data or any breach of
security concerning this data in the cloud could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on data storage in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon. These cloud storage
systems may fail to operate properly or become disabled even for a brief period of time. There could also be security breaches of our data stored in the
cloud. If there is loss of client data, service interruptions or disruptions to our operations related to our cloud data storage, we could suffer financial loss, a
disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect
on our results of operation or financial condition.

We make significant investments in our software that may not achieve our expectations. 

Developing new technologies is complex. It can require long development and testing periods. Significant delays in new releases or significant problems
in creating new products or services could adversely affect our revenue.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Third parties may claim we infringe their intellectual property rights.

From time to time, others claim we infringe their intellectual property rights. The number of these claims may grow because of constant technological
change  in  the  markets  in  which  we  compete,  the  extensive  patent  coverage  of  existing  technologies  and  the  rapid  rate  of  issuance  of  new  patents.  To
resolve these claims, we may enter into royalty and licensing agreements on terms that are less favorable than currently available, stop selling or redesign
affected products or services, or pay damages to satisfy indemnification commitments with our customers. These outcomes may cause operating margins
to decline. Besides money damages, in some jurisdictions plaintiffs can seek injunctive relief that may limit or prevent importing, marketing, and selling
our products or services that have infringing technologies.

We may not be able to protect our source code from copying if there is an unauthorized disclosure of source code.

Source  code,  the  detailed  program  commands  for  our  operating  systems  and  other  software  programs,  is  critical  to  our  business.  We  take  significant
measures to protect the secrecy of large portions of our source code. If a significant portion of our source code leaks, we might lose future trade secret
protection for that source code. It may become easier for third parties to compete with our products by copying functionality, which could adversely affect
our revenue and operating margins. Unauthorized disclosure of source code also could increase the security risks described in the next paragraph.

We may have outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations infrastructure.

Our increasing user traffic, growth in services, and the complexity of our services demand more computing power. We spend substantial amounts to build,
purchase, or lease datacenters and equipment and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle more data. These demands continue to
increase as we grow our workforce. Maintaining, securing, and expanding this infrastructure is expensive and complex. It requires that we maintain an
internet  connectivity  infrastructure  that  is  robust  and  reliable  within  competitive  and  regulatory  constraints  that  continue  to  evolve.  Inefficiencies  or
operational  failures,  including  temporary  or  permanent  loss  of  customer  data  or  insufficient  internet  connectivity,  could  diminish  the  quality  of  our
products,  services,  and  user  experience  resulting  in  contractual  liability,  claims  by  users  and  other  third  parties,  regulatory  actions,  damage  to  our
reputation, and loss of current and potential users, subscribers, and advertisers, each of which may harm our operating results and financial condition.

25

 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our software may experience quality or supply problems.

Our  software  may  experience  quality  or  reliability  problems.  The  highly-sophisticated  software  we  have  been  developing  may  contain  bugs  and  other
defects that interfere with their intended operation. Any defects we do not detect and fix in pre-release testing could cause reduced sales and revenue,
damage to our reputation, repair or remediation costs, delays in the release of new products or versions, or legal liability. Although our license agreements
typically contain provisions that eliminate or limit our exposure to liability, there is no assurance these provisions will withstand legal challenge.

The  Company  intends  to  use  open  source  blockchain  technology  in  its  technology  platform.  This  technology  has  been  scrutinized  by  regulatory
agencies and therefore we may be impacted by unfavorable regulatory action in one or more jurisdictions.

The Company intends to use open source blockchain technology as a secure repository for “device reputation” information acquired by its technology
platform. Blockchain technologies have been the subject of scrutiny by various regulatory bodies around the world. The Company could be impacted by
one or more regulatory inquiries or actions, including but not limited to restrictions on the use of blockchain technology, which could impede or limit the
use of this technology within our product offerings.

We intend to use and leverage open source technology in our technology platform which may create risks of security weaknesses.

Some  parts  of  our  technology  may  be  based  on  open-source  technology,  including  the  blockchain  technology  that  we  intend  to  use  in  our  technology
platform. There is a risk that the development team, or other third parties may intentionally or unintentionally introduce weaknesses or bugs into the core
infrastructure elements of our technology solutions interfering with the use of such technology or causing loss to the Company.

The use of new and untested technologies, including blockchain technology, may result in risks that we may not be able to currently anticipate.

Blockchain technology is a relatively new and untested technology. In addition to the risks set forth here, there are risks with the use of this technology
that the Company cannot anticipate. Risks may further materialize as unanticipated combinations or variations from the risks set forth here.

Risks Related to Management and Personnel

We depend heavily on Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer and a director. The loss of his services could harm our business.

Our future business and results of operations depend in significant part upon the continued contributions Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer
and a director. If we lose his services or if he fails to perform in his current position, or if we are not able to attract and retain skilled employees in addition
to Mr. Absher, this could adversely affect the development of our business plan and harm our business.

Mr. Absher has limited experience managing a public company, which may inhibit our ability to implement successfully our business plan.

Mr. Scott W. Absher, CEO and Director and the beneficial owner of approximately 34.99% of our stock as of August 31, 2019, has limited experience
managing a public company, which is required to establish and maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.
We are endeavoring to comply with all of the various rules and regulations, which are required for a public company that is reporting company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. However, if we cannot operate successfully as a public company, your investment may be materially adversely
affected.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain talented employees. 

Our business is based on successfully attracting and retaining talented employees. The market for highly skilled workers and leaders in our industry is
extremely competitive. If we are less successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we cannot retain key employees, our ability to develop and deliver services
successfully may be adversely affected. If we can not hire additional qualified personnel, we may continue to have internal control weaknesses. Effective
succession planning is also important to our long-term success. Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key
employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution. How employment-related laws are interpreted and applied to our workforce practices may
result in increased operating costs and less flexibility in how we meet our workforce needs.

If ShiftPixy is not recognized as an employer of worksite employees under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an insurance agent or
third-party administrator, we and our clients could be adversely impacted.

While in our client engagements through ShiftableHR, we typically arrange for clients to act as sponsor of employee benefit plans, ShiftPixy sponsors the
benefit plans applicable to its employees. In order for ShiftPixy to sponsor employee benefit plan offerings for our worksite employees, we must qualify
as  an  employer  of  our  worksite  employees  for  certain  purposes  under  the  Code  and  ERISA.  In  addition,  our  status  as  an  employer  is  important  for
purposes of ERISA’s preemption of certain state laws. The definition of employer under various laws is not uniform, and under both the Code and ERISA,
the term is defined in part by complex multi-factor tests.

Generally,  these  tests  are  designed  to  evaluate  whether  an  individual  is  an  independent  contractor  or  employee  and  they  provide  substantial  weight  to
whether a purported employer has the right to direct and control the details of an individual’s work. Some factors that the IRS has considered important in
the past have included the employer’s degree of behavioral control (the extent of instructions, training and the nature of the work), the financial control
and the economic aspects of the relationship, and the intent of the parties, as evidenced by the specific benefit, contract, termination and other similar
arrangements  between  the  parties  and  the  on-going  versus  project-oriented  nature  of  the  work  to  be  performed.  However,  a  definitive  judicial
interpretation of “employer” in the context of joint employer relationships such as those in which ShiftPixy engages has not been established. For ERISA
purposes,  for  example,  courts  have  held  that  test  factors  relating  to  ability  to  control  and  supervise  an  individual  are  less  important,  while  the  U.S.
Department  of  Labor  has  issued  guidance  that  certain  entities  in  the  HR  outsourcing  industry  do  not  qualify  as  common  law  employers  for  ERISA
purposes.  Moreover,  when  ShiftPixy’s  app  is  fully  functional,  the  scope  of  ShiftPixy’s  employer  status  will  increase,  changing  the  legal  analysis.
Although we believe that ShiftPixy qualifies as an employer of its worksite employees under ERISA, and the U.S. Department of Labor has not provided
guidance otherwise, we are not able to predict the outcome of any future regulatory challenge.

If we are not recognized as an employer under the Code or ERISA, we may be required to change the method by which we report and remit payroll taxes
to the tax authorities and the method by which we provide, or discontinue providing, certain employee benefits to our worksite employees, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We  may  also  need  to  qualify  as  an  employer  of  our  worksite  employees  under  state  regulations,  which  govern  licensing,  certification  and  registration
requirements..  Nearly  all  states  have  enacted  laws  and  regulations  in  this  regard.  While  we  believe  that  we  qualify  as  an  employer  of  our  worksite
employees under these state regulations, these requirements vary from state to state and change frequently and if we are not able to satisfy existing or
future licensing requirements or other applicable regulations of any states, we may be prohibited from doing business in that state.

Lapses in our employee screening process may result in potential litigation, which may be costly and/or damage our reputation. 

If we experience lapses in our employee screening process, we may face potential  litigation  from  our  clients  or  government  regulators,  which  may  be
costly and/or damage our reputation.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
Table of Contents

Damage claims against us as a result of actions of our employees could reduce our sales and revenues.

If any one of our employees is found to cause injury or damage through one or more negligent or wrongful acts, including sexual harassment and other
employment related offenses, the Company could suffer financial damages as a result of claims by the injured party. We have not had significant claims
for damages or losses from actions of our employee workers to date. The Company carries a staffing liability program commercial insurance policy, but
the policy provides coverage only with respect to: 1. “wrongful employment acts” committed against our “employees” pursuant to our agreement with that
client; and 2. A “staffing services worker’s acts” committed while in the service of our client that result in a “wrongful business environment.” The insurer
may  seek  to  disclaim  liability  as  not  covered  or  for  other  reasons  or  the  amount  of  judgment  against  us  may  exceed  the  policy  limits. Any  claims  for
damages  against  us  as  a  result  of  actions  of  our  work  employees  could  damage  our  reputation,  increase  our  expenses  and  reduce  our  profitability  (or
increase net losses) and revenues.

Risks Related to Regulations and Compliance

Failure  to  comply  with,  or  changes  in,  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  our  business,  particularly  potential  changes  to  the  ACA,  could  have  a
materially  adverse  effect  on  our  marketing  plan  as  well  as  our  reputation,  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition,  or  have  other  adverse
consequences.

Our  business  is  subject  to  a  wide  range  of  complex  laws  and  regulations.  For  example,  many  states  regulate  entities  offering  the  employment  related
services  such  as  those  offered  by  us  directly  or  through  our  subsidiary  and  require  licenses  as  a  prerequisite  to  operation  of  such  enterprises  in  their
respective jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that either ShiftPixy or its subsidiary, ShiftableHR, will be successful in either securing or maintaining
a  license  or  licenses  in  compliance  with  a  particular  state’s  laws  and  regulations.  Further,  many  states  require  variously  that  workers’  compensation
policies  offered  by  employment  related  firms  such  as  ours  to  be  managed  according  to  strict  rules  and/or  that  unemployment  insurance  filings  be
administered according to strict rules.

Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in the suspension or revocation of licenses or registrations, the limitation, suspension or
termination of services, and the imposition of consent orders or civil and criminal penalties, including fines, that could damage our reputation and have a
materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial condition.

In addition, changes in laws or regulations, or changes in the interpretation of laws or regulations by a regulatory authority, may decrease our revenues and
earnings  and  may  require  us  to  change  the  manner  in  which  we  conduct  some  aspects  of  our  business.  For  example,  a  change  in  regulations  either
decreasing the amount of taxes to be withheld or allowing less time to remit taxes to government authorities would adversely impact interest income from
investing  client  funds  before  such  funds  are  remitted  to  the  applicable  taxing  authorities.  Changes  in  taxation  regulations  could  adversely  affect  our
effective tax rate and our net income. Changes in laws that govern the co-employment arrangement between a professional employer organization and its
worksite employees may require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business. Healthcare reform under the federal Patient
Protection and ACA, as amended, related state laws, and the regulations adopted or to be adopted thereunder, have the potential to impact substantially the
way  that  employers  provide  health  insurance  to  employees  and  the  health  insurance  market  for  the  small  and  mid-sized  businesses  that  constitute  our
business’s clients and prospects. If the ACA is repealed or replaced, the elimination of employer mandates and similar employer requirements currently
imposed by the ACA, and other regulatory changes could in the future reduce our revenues. Amendments to money transmitter statutes have required us
to  obtain  licenses  in  some  jurisdictions.  The  adoption  of  new  money  transmitter  statutes  in  other  jurisdictions,  changes  in  regulators’  interpretation  of
existing  state  and  federal  money  transmitter  or  money  services  business  statutes  or  regulations,  or  disagreement  by  a  regulatory  authority  with  our
interpretation  of  such  existing  statutes  or  regulations,  could  require  additional  registration  or  licensing,  limit  certain  business  activities  until  they  are
appropriately licensed, and expose us to financial penalties. These occurrences could also require changes to our compliance programs and to the manner
in which we conduct some aspects of our money movement business or client funds investment strategy, which could adversely impact interest income
from investing client funds before such funds are remitted.

Failure to secure any necessary registrations or licensure could affect our ability to operate certain segments of our business in certain jurisdictions. 

Some states require licensure or registration of businesses offering PEO services. While some elements of our service offering overlap with PEO services,
our Human Capital Platform is more in line with a traditional staffing model. However, if we need and are unable to secure registration or licensure of
such service offering in a particular state, our ability to grow that segment of our business in such state would be impaired and could affect our ability to
increase our revenues and meet certain customer requirements in such states.

The Company may be subject to Private Attorney General’s Act (PAGA) claims which me require additional capital to defend.

The Company’s work force resides mostly in the State of California.  Employment laws in the State of California can be complex and undefined where a
co-employment  or  Human  Capital  Platform  relationship  exists,  both  of  which  are  contemplated  in  our  current  business  and  our  future  plans.    The
existence of a Private Attorney General’s Act (PAGA) allows plaintiffs’ attorneys to bring class action-like lawsuits against employers which can result in
substantial costs to defend and may result in large fines for seemingly insignificant or inadvertent clerical errors. As the Company moves more into these
areas, its risk will increase that such PAGA claims will be filed and litigated which may result in increased costs to the Company.

The Company may be subject to additional state and local regulations designed to change the employment status of workers for staffing businesses or
businesses focusing on the “Gig” economy.

A  significant  portion  of  our  business  is  located  in  the  State  of  California  which  recently  passed AB-5  relating  to  the  classification  of  gig  workers  as
employees  instead  of  independent  contractors.  The  classification  results  in  a  change  to  the  payment  of  wages,  tax  withholding,  and  providing
unemployment, health, and other traditional employer-employee related benefits. Other States such as New York and New Jersey, two of our potential
markets, are also considering similar legislation. While we currently classify all of our worksite employees to be employees of the Company, our business
plans  potentially  include  the  use  of  large  numbers  of  independent  contractors.  If  we  are  unable  to  utilize  independent  contractors,  or  the  cost  to  use
independent contractors is more expensive, our future growth opportunities may be limited or reduced.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Economic, Catastrophic and Geopolitical Risks

Catastrophic events or geopolitical conditions may disrupt our business.

Monetary and fiscal policies and political and economic conditions may substantially change. When there is a slowdown in the economy, employment
levels may decrease with a corresponding impact on our businesses. Clients may react to worsening conditions by reducing their spending on payroll and
other outsourcing services or renegotiating their contracts with us.

Worsening economic conditions, including inflation, recession, or other changes in economic conditions, may cause businesses to rely less on vendors in
our business, which could adversely affect our revenue. If demand for our services declines, or business spending for such services declines, our revenue
will be adversely affected.

Challenging  economic  conditions  also  may  impair  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  pay  for  products  and  services  they  have  purchased.  As  a  result,
allowances for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.

We  are  dependent  upon  various  large  banks  to  execute Automated  Clearing  House  and  wire  transfers  as  part  of  our  client  payroll  and  tax  services. A
systemic shutdown of the banking industry would impede our ability to process funds on behalf of our payroll and tax services clients and could have an
adverse impact on our financial results and liquidity.

A disruption or failure of our systems or operations because of a major earthquake, weather event, cyber-attack, terrorist attack, or other catastrophic event
could cause delays in completing sales, providing services, or performing other critical functions. Our corporate headquarters, a significant portion of our
research and development activities, and certain other essential business operations are in the Irvine, California area, which is a seismically active region.
A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business or IT systems could harm our ability to conduct normal
business operations.

Abrupt political change and terrorist activity may pose threats to our business and increase our operating costs. These conditions also may add uncertainty
to  the  timing  and  budget  for  technology  investment  decisions  by  our  customers  and  may  cause  supply  chain  disruptions  for  hardware  manufacturers.
Geopolitical change may result in changing regulatory requirements that could impact our operating strategies, hiring, and profitability.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

We  lease  space  for  our  principal  offices  at  1  Venture,  Suite  150,  Irvine,  CA  92618.  Our  landlord  is  Olen  Commercial  Realty  Corporation.  We  began
leasing 8,500 square feet on April 15, 2016. In July 2017, we entered into a second lease for 2,713 square feet of expansion space in the same building. In
May 2019, we entered into a third lease for 1,261 square feet. We extended the term on the first two leases at the execution of the third lease. The landlord,
lease term, and an expiration date of June 30, 2022 are the same for all three leases.

Sales Office

As of August 31, 2019, the Company has four sales offices located in New York, Chicago, Orlando and Austin.

In July 2017. we also entered into a month to month office lease in New York City for monthly rent of approximately $5,000, securing space for a small
client acquisition and support staff. We also entered into month to month offices lease in Chicago, Illinois in June 2018, Orlando, Florida and Austin,
Texas in March 2018 for aggregate monthly rent of approximately $10,000 for client acquisition and support staff. In September 2019, we terminated the
leases in New York City and Chicago.

We consider that these spaces and arrangements are sufficient for our current needs, although as we expand existing operations or open other offices in
other cities, we will need to secure leases in those cities as well.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  ShiftPixy,  Inc.,  is  subject  to  various  claims  and  litigation.  While  the  outcome  of  any  litigation  is  inherently
unpredictable, ShiftPixy, Inc., believes that it has valid defenses with respect to the legal matters pending against it and that the ultimate resolution of
these matters will not have a materially adverse impact on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Trading History

Our common stock was listed for trading on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC on June 28, 2017, under the symbol “PIXY.”

The table below sets forth the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC for the periods indicated.

2019
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

2018
First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

  $

  $

High

Low

4.42    $
2.63     
1.70     
0.73     

4.27    $
4.17     
4.62     
4.62     

2.77 
1.20 
0.45 
0.38 

2.29 
2.00 
2.30 
2.49 

Number of Equity Security Holders

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had 20 holders of record of our common stock. This does not include beneficial owners holding common stock in
street name. As such, the number of beneficial holders of our shares could be substantially larger than the number of shareholders of record.

Dividends

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  For  the  foreseeable  future,  we  intend  to  retain  any  earnings  to  finance  the
development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay
dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions, including our financial condition and
results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors that the Board of Directors considers relevant.

There are no restrictions in our articles of incorporation or bylaws that prevent us from declaring dividends. The Wyoming Statutes, however, prohibit us
from declaring dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend:

·

·

we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or

our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus (unless the articles of incorporation permit otherwise) the amount that
would be needed, if the corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of
shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Sale of Unregistered Securities

Unregistered sales of Securities

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Company entered into settlement agreements and mutual release with certain institutional investors, which
extended the principal amount of the 8% senior secured convertible notes by $889,000, and resolved all disputes between the Company and the investors
relating  to  technical  defaults  by  the  Company  in  failing  to  meet  deadlines  set  forth  in  agreements  between  the  Company  and  the  investors  for  filing  a
registration statement and for having the registration statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The notes are senior and
secured by all the assets of the Company. Sales of all of these securities were made pursuant to rule 506(c) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under
the Act.

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Company entered into senior secured convertible notes with certain institutional investors in the principal
amount of $4,750,000. The notes are senior and secured by all assets of the Company. Sales of all of these securities were made pursuant to rule 506(c) of
Regulation D promulgated by the SEC under the Act.

Exercise of warrants

During the year ended August 31, 2019, certain shareholders who had acquired securities under our past 506(b) offerings, exercised warrants to acquire
267,500 shares of our common stock for total consideration of $660,000 in cash.

Conversions of senior convertible notes

During the year ended August 31, 2019, holders of our June 2018, December 2018, and March 2019 Convertible Notes Payable converted $8,395,000 of
principal and $509,000 of accrued interest into 6,963,235 shares of our common stock. The shares were registered for resale under Forms S-3 filed in
October, 2018, December 2018, and April 2019 for the June 2018 Notes, December 2018 Notes, and March 2019 Notes, respectively,

Stock options and other equity awards

On December 11, 2018, we issued an aggregate of 65,792 shares for services to two directors for aggregate consideration of $150,006 based upon a price
of $2.28 per share, the trading price on date of issuance.  We relied upon Section 4(a)2 for the issuance of these securities.  The securities vest 50% on six
months of service after issuance date and the remaining 50% on twelve months after issuance date assuming the director was still serving as director on
those dates.

On May 15, 2019, we issued 48,077 shares for services to our director and Chairman of the Audit Committee for total consideration of $37,500 based
upon a price of $0.78 per share, the trading price on the date of issuance.

On August 19, 2019, we issued 79,788 shares for services to our director and Chairman of the Audit Committee for total consideration of $37,500 based
upon a price of $0.47 per share, the trading price on the date of issuance.

Stock Option / Stock Issuance Plan

In  March  2017,  the  Company  adopted  the  2017  Stock  Option  /  Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,
officers,  directors  and  consultants  in  the  form  of  incentive  stock  options,  non-qualified  stock  options  and  stock.  The  Company  has  reserved  a  total  of
10,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. Of these shares, as of August 31, 2019, approximately 3,312,000 options and 288,000
shares have been designated by the Board of Directors for issuance and approximately 1,300,000 of the options have been forfeited and returned to the
option  pool  under  the  Plan  due  to  employment  terminations. As  of August  31,  2019,  approximately  7.8  million  shares  remain  issuable  of  which  6.7
million are eligible to be issued as ISOs and 7.8 million are eligible to be issued as either share grants or NQ stock options.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Unless the Plan Administrator otherwise provides, each option is immediately exercisable, but the shares subject to such option will vest over a period of
time  as  follows:  25%  vest  after  a  12-month  service  period  following  the  award,  and  the  balance  vest  in  equal  monthly  installments  over  the  next  36
months of service. Accordingly, no persons awarded options has vested ownership of shares underlying the options for at least 60 days from the date of
this Report. The issuance of shares under the Plan vest according to terms established for such issuance by the Plan Administrator.

Dividends

We  have  never  declared  or  paid  any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  We  do  not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  to  stockholders  of  our
common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, any future determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and
will be dependent upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deem relevant.

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

As a smaller reporting company, we have elected not to provide the information required by this item.

32

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related
notes, and other financial information included in this Form 10-K.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains not only statements that are historical facts, but also statements that are forward-looking. Forward-
looking  statements  are,  by  their  very  nature,  uncertain  and  risky.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include  international,  national,  and  local  general
economic  and  market  conditions;  our  ability  to  sustain,  manage,  or  forecast  growth;  our  ability  to  successfully  make  and  integrate  acquisitions;  new
product development and introduction; existing government regulations and changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse
publicity;  competition;  the  loss  of  significant  customers  or  suppliers;  fluctuations  and  difficulty  in  forecasting  operating  results;  change  in  business
strategy  or  development  plans;  business  disruptions;  the  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  personnel;  the  ability  to  protect  technology;  the  risk  of
foreign currency exchange rate; and other risks that might be detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 
  
 
 
 
Although the forward-looking statements in this Report reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts
and factors currently known by them. Consequently, and because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, the actual
results and outcomes may differ materially from the results and outcomes discussed in the forward-looking statements. You are urged to carefully review
and  consider  the  various  disclosures  made  by  us  in  this  report  as  we  attempt  to  advise  interested  parties  of  the  risks  and  factors  that  may  affect  our
business, financial condition, and results of operations and prospects.

The independent registered public accounting firm’s report on the Company’s financial statements as of August 31, 2019, and for the year in the period
then  ended,  includes  a  “going  concern”  explanatory  paragraph  that  describes  substantial  doubt  about  the  Company’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going
concern

Overview

We are primarily a staffing enterprise, providing employment administration services (“EAS”) solutions for businesses and workers in an environment in
which shift or other part-time/temporary jobs, commonly called “gigs,” are performed. Our services for businesses include payroll processing, tax and HR
compliance,  and  employee  benefits  along  with  employee  screening,  scheduling  and  delivery  dispatch.  Our  services  for  workers  include  employment
facilitation and gig “matching.”

The trend toward a Gig Economy has begun. A study by Ardent Partners confirms that the trend is significant, noting that “nearly 38% of the world’s total
workforce  is  now  considered  ‘non-employee,’  which  includes  contingent/contract  workers,  temporary  staff,  gig  workers,  freelancers,  professional
services, and independent contractors.” Ardent Partners Ltd. “The State of Contingent Workforce Management 2016-2017: Adapting to a New World of
Work.” October 2016. In the Gig Economy, businesses such as those in our current target market in the restaurant and hospitality industries often contract
with  independent  contractor  workers  to  perform  less  than  full-time  gig  engagements,  primarily  in  the  form  of  shift  work.  We  are  endeavoring  to
participate in the rapidly growing Gig Economy through an employment-related service offering.

As the world continues to digitize and consumer expectations shift, restaurants face new challenges. Restaurants instead must familiarize themselves with
the evolving digital economy and provide unique experiences, especially if they wish to attract the highly sought-after millennial demographic. Along
with customer retention, one major problem many are facing is increased employee turnover, resulting in a direct effect on the bottom line. Historically,
turnover in the restaurant industry has been notoriously high in comparison to other segments. Continually staffing and training new employees not only
eats up time, but it also costs more money for our restaurant operators. Managing turnover is a long-term operational success for our client operators.

The Problem: Employment law compliance requirements present a multi-obstacle ridden employment related compliance landscape for our target market
of businesses that rely significantly on part-time and temporary workers. Challenges facing such businesses include the need to secure applicable workers’
compensation  insurance  coverage,  to  effect  employment  related  tax  withholdings  and  filings,  and  to  navigate  laws  related  to  hiring  and  release  of
employees, including discrimination (race, color, national origin, sex, age, religion, disability, pregnancy and sexual orientation), sexual harassment, sick
pay and time off, hours of work, minimum wage and overtime, gender pay differentials, immigration, safety, child labor, military leave, garnishment and
other wage imposition processing, family and medical leave, COBRA, and unemployment claims.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Employment in the Gig Economy involves compliance with employment-related regulations imposed by federal, state and local governments, including
requirements  associated  with  workers’  compensation  insurance,  and  other  traditional  employment  compliance  requirements,  including  the  employer
mandate provisions of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”). The compliance challenges are often complicated by the actions of many
employers to reduce workers’ hours as a means to avoid characterizing employees as “full-time.” Congress is considering amendments to or replacement
of the ACA. As of the date of this filing, the ACA has not been formally amended or repealed; however, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 effectively
eliminates the individual mandate provisions of the ACA, beginning in 2019. Employers still face regulatory issues and overhead costs, including those
associated with the employer mandate provisions of the ACA for which we believe our services are a cost-effective solution.

Gig/Shift Workers, whom we also call “shifters,” face significant difficulty in finding other jobs/gigs to replace hours lost when their employers reduce
their hours and make them less than full-time employees or otherwise to fill workweek employment voids. While we all know that competitive pay and
good benefits factor into an employee’s decision as to join and stay at a company, there are many other factors that are more important than a paycheck.
The  2018  Global  Talent  Trends  study  found  that  51%  of  employees  wish  their  company  offered  more  flexible  work  options.  Flexibility  is  incredibly
important to employees across the nation.

We believe ShiftPixy has the ideal solution for both of these groups and each of their problems via a service offering that entails two principal elements
(that we refer to collectively as our “Ecosystem”) as follows:

·

·

ShiftPixy  Employer  Solution:  ShiftPixy  absorbs  the  employer’s  shifters  and  provides  Employer  Administrative  Services  to  the  client,
shouldering  a  substantial  portion  of  the  employment-related  compliance  responsibilities.  In  addition,  when  the  ShiftPixy  mobile  app  is
released, businesses will be able to access via that technology additional qualified workers, who are already part of the ShiftPixy Ecosystem,
to  fill  workforce  voids  on  short  notice,  having  assurance  that  such  employees  have  work  experience,  will  be  paid,  will  be  covered  by
applicable workers’ compensation coverage, will have applicable employment related taxes calculated and processed.

ShiftPixy  Shifter  Solution:  Shifters  placed  with  one  of  ShiftPixy’s  clients  can  now  access  other  shift  work  with  other  ShiftPixy  clients,
ultimately through the new ShiftPixy mobile app, a prototype of which was released in September 2016. When released to the general public,
anticipated  to  be  in  the  fourth  calendar  quarter  of  2019,  the  ShiftPixy  mobile  app  will  enable  not  only  ShiftPixy  shift  employees  but  also
ultimately  shift  employees  outside  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem,  many  of  them  Millennials  who  connect  to  the  outside  world  solely  through
mobile  devices,  to  access  available  shift  jobs  at  all  of  ShiftPixy’s  participating  clients.  In  addition  to  the  benefits  of  working  not  as
independent contractors but as employees, enjoying the protections of workers’ compensation coverage and employment laws, as well as the
calculation and remittance of applicable employment taxes, among other benefits, shifters are also enabled to participate in ShiftPixy’s benefit
plan offerings, including minimum essential health insurance coverage plans and a 401(k) plan.

ShiftPixy’s headquarters is currently situated in Irvine, California, from which it can reach the Southern California market, and the company has a modest
staff  in  Phoenix.  ShiftPixy  opened  office  in  New  York  City  in  the  later  part  of  our  fiscal  year  2017.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended August  31,  2018,
ShiftPixy opened offices in Austin, Texas, Orlando area, Florida, and Chicago, from which its local sales/service representatives will secure and service

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
clients in those areas, and it plans to open additional physical offices in the following locales: San Francisco and Miami.

34

  
Table of Contents

 
 
Through  these  office  locations,  we  plan  to  engage  more  actively  with  clients  through  sales,  marketing,  employee  onboarding,  training  and  payroll
processing, in each instance as necessary and appropriate to the applicable market.

The geographical markets currently served or expected to be service collectively account for or allow us to cover approximately 53% of our target market
in the restaurant/hospitality sectors. (U.S. Department of Labor. Bureau of Labor Statistics. May 2015. Occupational Employment and Wages.) We intend
to enter additional geographical markets in the future as we refine our business model and that fit the client profitability drivers described below.

We anticipate ShiftPixy’s business and revenue growth will result from the following factors:

·

·

·

·

·

·

Large potential market.

The burdens placed on employers with over 50 full-time employees under the ACA.

Marketing advantages from strategic insurance provider relationships.

New ShiftPixy Mobile App that is designed to provide additional benefits to employers and shift workers.

Ultimate development of a ShiftPixy Ecosystem.

Mitigation of employment law compliance risks.

We view our customers in terms of clients, representing a corporate entity or business that we provide services and people within our worksite employee
database as employees if we have or will provide an employment statement, such as a W-2, within any given year. As of August 31, 2019, ShiftPixy and
its  subsidiaries  collectively  serve,  an  aggregate  of  246  clients  with  an  aggregate  of  approximately  13,000  billed  worksite  employees  representing  an
increase of over 5,500 billed worksite employees over the prior year. No one client represented more than 10% of our revenues for fiscal year 2019. Due
to the high turnover without our client’s business, our total number of worksite employees in our HRIS “Ecosystem” was approximately 25,000 at the end
of fiscal 2019.

The ShiftPixy Solution: ShiftPixy is developing an Ecosystem comprised of a closed proprietary operating and processing system that helps restaurant or
hospitality businesses (and in the future, businesses in additional industries wherein we plan to market our services) as well as shift workers by matching
available shifts with available shift workers. The ShiftPixy Ecosystem provides the following benefits:

·

·

·

Compliance

Cost Containment

Cost Savings

Significant Developments in 2019

Offices Update

Our headquarters are situated in Irvine, California and the Company opened offices in New York City, New York, Austin, Texas and Chicago, Illinois
area from which our local sales/services representatives will secure and service clients in those areas.

We are currently focused on clients in the restaurant and hospitality industries. California continue to be our largest market and account for approximately
86% of our gross billings. New York, Pennsylvania and Texas are our other significant market penetration at 3.8%, 3.4% and 2.6%, respectively. The
other locations have not yet impacted in a meaningful way our revenue.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Software Development Update

We believe that the HRIS platform and the related mobile application functionality that we are development will be key differentiators and drivers of our
low-cost customer acquisition strategy and we have invested heavily into our HRIS platform over the past three years.

The heart of ShiftPixy’s employment service solutions is a technology platform, including a mobile app, through which ShiftPixy employees (and in the
future, shifters not currently in our Ecosystem) will be able to find available shifts at ShiftPixy client locations, solving a problem of finding available
shifts for both the shifters looking for additional shifts when they want to work and businesses looking to fill open shifts.

A  key  element  of  our  software  development  involves  using  ShiftPixy’s  blockchain  ledger  to  process  and  record  our  critical  P2P  (“Peer-to-Peer”)
connections.  While  not  necessarily  a  new  development,  we  note  that  we  use  blockchain  technology  in  an  effort  to  keep  our  data  secure. Any  data
considered to be a human capital validation point or part of the hiring and onboarding process is being utilized and recorded in ShiftPixy’s blockchain
ledger. The employee I-9 verification process, for example—one of the most stringent, rigorous, and penalty-laden compliance procedures is positively
impacted by blockchain utilization of biometric authentication and automatic verification of I-9 data, removing human error in the process of screening for
fraudulent information. Verification of that data on the blockchain allows both employers and auditing agencies to confidently validate additional criteria
such  as  employment  dates,  and  a  candidate’s  background  (i.e.  education,  references,  certifications,  etc.),  and  share  the  verification  status  directly  on
multiple distributed sources within the blockchain, further underscoring the trust and accuracy of a candidate’s information and corporate compliance.

Future implementation of blockchain technology within ShiftPixy’s technological ecosystem is anticipated to include the extended applications for payroll
and real-time payments, and utilizing smart contracts for employment contracts, which facilitate the performance of credible, trackable, and irreversible
transactions  without  third  parties.  For  purposes  of  clarification,  we  note  that  ShiftPixy  has  never,  does  not  now  and  will  never  use  its  blockchain
technology in any form of cryptocurrency or cryptocurrency related application.

The mobile app is one of the software components of what we call the mobile platform, and together with the ShiftPixy “Command Hub” and the client
portal,  is  being  developed,  tested  and  released  in  stages.  We  have  released  and  are  using  the  multilingual  onboarding  feature  of  our  software,  which
enables  us  to  capture  all  application  process  related  data  regarding  our  assigned  employees  and  to  introduce  employees  to  and  integrate  them  into  the
ShiftPixy Ecosystem. This multilingual feature will allow us to move faster into outside markets and will reduce the time and cost to bring new worksite
employees into our HRIS ecosystem.

Once fully implemented, our new employees will no longer have to fill out  the  burdensome  pile  of  required  new  employee  paperwork.  By  leveraging
artificial  intelligence  capabilities,  new  hires  are  guided  by  a  conversation  with  a  “Pixy”  chatbot  that  asks  the  necessary  questions  and  generates  the
required  employment  documents  in  a  highly  personal  and  engaging  way.  Following  completion  of  the  questions,  applicable  onboarding  paperwork  is
prepopulated with the data and prepared for the employee’s signature to be affixed digitally via the app as well.

We are currently in the early implementation of several additional key pieces of functionality. First is the scheduling component of our software, which is
designed to enable each client worksite to schedule workers and to identify shift gaps that need to be filled. We leverage artificial intelligence to maintain
schedules  and  fulfillment,  using  an  active  methodology  to  engage  and  move  people  to  action.  Second  is  to  implement  our  shift  intermediation
functionality, which is designed to enable our shift workers to receive information regarding and to accept available shift work opportunities. Finally, we
are  currently  starting  to  implement  the  “delivery  features”  of  our  mobile  platform  during  the  fourth  calendar  quarter  of  2019  on  a  test  basis.  Our
technology  and  approach  to  human  capital  management  allows  the  company  a  unique  window  into  the  daily  demands  of  “Quick  Service  Restaurants”
(“QSR”)  operators  and  the  ability  to  extend  our  technology  and  engagement  to  enable  this  unique  self-delivery  proposition.  ShiftPixy’s  new  driver
management layer for operators in the ShiftPixy ecosystem will now allow clients to use their own team members to deliver a brand intended customer
experience and retain customer data as well as profit currently taken by third party delivery platforms. ShiftPixy has taken the compliance, management
and insurance issues related to the support of a delivery option and created a turnkey self-delivery opportunity. This will allow our clients to enjoy the
income growth from delivery and preserve their customer experience and their brand. The first phase of this component of our platform was initial test
onboarding  of  potential  drivers,  which  was  completed  by  the  end  of  our  third  calendar  quarter  of  2019.  We  are  currently  implementing  features  that
enhance  the  capability  of  our  mobile  application  to  track  and  manage  the  delivery  process.  The  enhanced  features  will  include  “micro  metering”  of

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
essential commercial insurance coverages required by our operator clients-namely workers’ compensation and auto coverages on a delivery-by-delivery
basis.

36

 
Table of Contents

From  inception  of  the  project  in  2017  through August  31,  2019,  we  have  spent  approximately  $15.5  million  consisting  of  outsourced  research  and

 
 
development,  IT  related  expenses,  development  contractors  and  employee  costs  and  marketing  spending  consisting  of  advertising,  trade  shows,  and
marketing personnel costs. The following table shows the technology and marketing spending for each year ended August 31:

Development spending (in $ millions)

Contract development and licenses
Internal personnel costs
Total Development spending

Marketing spending
Advertising and Outside Marketing
Internal personnel costs
Subtotal, Marketing costs
Total, HRIS platform and mobile application spending

Cumulative Investment
Portion of investment capitalized as fixed assets
Portion of investment expensed

2018
(unaudited)

2017
(unaudited)

6.6    $
0.2     
6.8    $

0.5    $
0.2     
0.7    $
7.5    $

2.7 
- 
2.7 

0.3 
0.1 
0.4 
3.1 

2019
  (unaudited)    
  $

2.2    $
1.1     
3.3    $

1.2    $
0.4     
1.6    $
4.9    $

15.5     
3.7     
11.8     

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $

For the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, we capitalized $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of contract development spending into fixed
assets.

Prior  to  March  2019,  we  primarily  used  turnkey  contract  software  development  firms  to  build  the  software  code,  mobile  application,  and  license
integrations  required  to  build  the  functional  solution  and  our  internal  personnel  had  a  primarily  oversight  role.  Beginning  in  March  2019  we  hired  an
internal development team for cost-cutting and for better feature and implementation control.

The Company began building its internal software development team and transitioned away from its current software development vendor to expedite the
Company’s technology deployment. The tardy delivery of the user features from the Company’s previous software development vendor and related on-
going litigation slowed down the pace of the Company’s growth. The completion of our technology and the deployment of these features would further
accelerate the growth of the Company. Under licensing agreement, the Company launched version 2.0 of its app and enhanced user features (onboarding,
scheduling and intermediation) during the fourth calendar quarter with all user features as well as the driver management. The release of these features will
further accelerate the growth of our business and move the Company closer to its financial breakeven point.

Performance Highlights

Year ended August 31, 2019 vs. 2018

·

·

Served  approximately  246  clients  and  co-employed  an  average  of  10,500  worksite  employees,  a  52.4%  increase  in  worksite  employees
compared to the same period in FYE 2018, and ended the year with over 13,000 billable worksite employees generating an average gross
profit per WSE of approximately $1,200 per year.

Processed over $350 million in gross billings, an increase of 58.5% over the same period in 2018.

Our financial performance for the year ended August 31, 2019 compared to the year ended August 31, 2018 included:

Revenues increased 52.7% to $53.4 million mainly resulting from increased number of worksite employees.

Gross Profit increased 125.2% to $12.4 million due to increased number of worksite employees and reduction to our State unemployment tax rate and
economies of scale.

37

 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
      
      
  
   
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
  
      
  
      
  
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Operating expenses  increased  by  29.2%  to  $22.1  million  in  the  year  ended August  31,  2019,  from  $17.1  million  in  the  year  ended August  31,  2018.
Payroll related costs increased due to the increase in the average corporate employees and an increase in average headcount costs due to the hiring of our
in-house software development team. Professional fees increased due to ongoing litigation and legal settlement, additional costs to support the increased
business, and sales related consulting costs. Software development decreased as we transitioned away from a wholly contracted development to an in-
house development team. Marketing and advertising increased as the Company build awareness of our technology platform and self-delivery solution and
G&A increased due to additional licensing and overhead costs to support the increased operations and non-recurring penalties for payroll taxes related to
penalties from the March 2019 tax quarter.

Loss from Operations improved by $1.9 million or 16.4% due to improvements in gross profit offset by operating expense increases.

Interest expense increased to $8.5 million resulting from the amortization of the debt discount and debt issuance costs related to our June 2018 financing
and March 2019 financing and the excess of the fair value of warrants and conversion options over the gross proceeds of the convertible debt.

Net Loss decreased to $16.4 million or $0.50 per share, from $16.8 million or $0.58 per share.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP, we monitor other non-GAAP measures that we use to manage our business, make
planning decisions and allocate resources. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long term
and  provide  useful  information  that  we  use  to  maintain  and  grow  our  business.  The  presentation  of  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  is  used  to
enhance the understanding of certain aspects of our financial performance. It is not meant to be considered in isolation, superior to, or as a substitute for
the directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

We report our revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs, for our EAS clients and revenues without reduction of labor costs for staffing
services clients. For the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, we had no revenues associated with staffing services or generated through our technology
services.  Gross  billings  represent  billings  to  our  business  clients  and  include  WSE  gross  wages,  employer  payroll  taxes,  and  workers  compensation
premiums  as  well  as  admin  fees  for  our  value-added  services  and  other  charges  for  workforce  management  support.  Gross  billings  are  a  non-GAAP
measurement and represent a key operating metric for management along with number of WSEs and number of clients. Gross billings and the number of
active worksite employees represent the primary drivers of our business operations. Active worksite employees (WSEs) are defined as an employee in our
HRIS ecosystem that has provided services for at least one of our client customers for any reported period. Our primary profitability metrics are gross
profit, gross profit per WSE, and gross profit percentage of gross billings.

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measure: Gross Billings to Net Revenues

Gross Billings in millions
Less: Adjustment to gross billings
Revenues, in millions

38

For the year Ended
August 31,

2019

2018

  $

  $

352.6    $
299.2     
53.4    $

222.4 
187.4 
35.0 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table provides a tabular presentation of the key revenue and gross profit related operating metrics used by management. We have elected to
show 2017 operating information for comparative purposes only.

Gross Billings (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase, year over year

Net Revenues (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
% Increase, year over year
Net Revenues % of Gross Billings

Cost of Revenues (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Increase, year over year

Gross Profit (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Increase, year over year
Gross Profit % of Revenues

Active worksite employees (unaudited)
Increase, year over year
% Increase, year over year

Average WSEs by year (unaudited)
Average Gross Billings per Average WSE

Average Net Revenue per Average WSE
Average Gross Profit per Average WSE

2019

2018

2017

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

352.6 
130.2 
58.5%   

  $

53.4 
18.4 
52.7%   
15.1%   

  $

41.0 
11.5 
39.3%   

  $

12.4 
6.9 
125.2%   
23.2%   

13,100 
4,600 
54.1%   

  $

222.4 
96.0 
75.9%   

  $

35.0 
14.8 
72.7%   
15.7%   

  $

29.5 
12.9 
78.0%   

  $

5.5 
1.8 
49.0%   
15.7%   

8,500 
3,400 
66.7%   

10,500 

6,900 

  $

  $

33,600 
5,100 
1,200 

  $

  $

32,200 
5,100 
800 

  $

  $

126.4 
75.7 
149.3%

20.2 
11.8 
139.2%
16.0%

16.6 
9.6 
138.4%

3.7 
2.2 
143.5%
18.2%

5,100 
1,600 
45.7%

4,300 

29,400 
4,700 
700 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended August 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2018

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations:

Revenues  (gross  billings  of  $352.6  million  and  $222.4  million  less  worksite  employee  payroll  cost  of  $299.2
million and $187.5 million, respectively)

  $

53,436,000    $

34,959,000 

For the Years Ended

August 31,
2019

August
31, 2018

Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Share-based compensation
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development
Marketing and advertising
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization

Operating expenses
Operating Loss
Other income (expense)
Interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value of derivative
Gain (Loss) associated with note defaults, net
Total Other income (expense)

Net Loss

40

41,046,000     
12,390,000     

29,458,000 
5,500,000 

7,702,000     
632,000     
2,732,000     
3,918,000     
1,209,000     
1,208,000     
3,823,000     
839,000     
22,063,000     
(9,673,000)    

(8,507,000)    
(3,927,000)    
2,569,000     
811,000     
(9,054,000)    

5,383,000 
363,000 
1,594,000 
2,078,000 
3,828,000 
547,000 
3,005,000 
274,000 
17,072,000 
(11,572,000)

(1,751,000)
- 
- 
(3,500,000)
(5,251,000)

  $ (18,727,000)   $ (16,823,000)

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
Table of Contents

We report our revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs for our EAS clients and revenues without reduction of labor costs for staffing
services clients. For the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, revenues associated with staffing services were insignificant.

Net Revenues (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
% Increase, year over year

Cost of Revenues (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Increase, year over year

Gross Profit (in millions)
Increase, year over year (in millions)
Increase, year over year
Gross Profit % of Revenues

41

2019

2018

  $

  $

  $

  $

53.4 
18.4 
52.7%   

  $

41.0 
11.5 
39.3%   

  $

12.4 
6.9 
125.2%   
23.2%   

35.0 
14.8 
72.7%

29.5 
12.9 
78.0%

5.5 
1.8 
49.0%
15.7%

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Our  net  revenue  excludes  the  payroll  cost  component  of  gross  billings.  With  respect  to  employer  payroll  taxes,  employee  benefit  programs,  workers’
compensation insurance, we believe that we are the primary obligor, have latitude in establishing price, selecting suppliers, and determining the service
specifications and, as such, the billings for those components are included as revenue. Revenues are recognized ratably over the payroll period as worksite
employees perform their service at the client worksite.

Net Revenue. Our net revenue increase of $18.4 million or 52.7% increase from $35 million in 2018 to $53.4 million in 2019 is primarily driven by the
increase  in  business  clients  and  the  workplace  employees  associated  with  those  clients. Active  worksite  employees  increased  by  4,600  or  54.1%  from
8,500 at the end of 2018 to 13,100 at the end of 2019.

Cost  of  Revenue.  Our  cost  of  revenue  includes  the  costs  of  employer  side  taxes  and  workers’  compensation  insurance  coverage.  Cost  of  revenues
increased $11.5 million or 39.3% to $41.0 million in 2019 from $29.5 million in 2018.

The change in cost of revenues was due to the net effect of the 58.5% increase in worksite employees net revenues, supported by the 54% increase in
worksite employees offset by a reduction in employer tax expenses of $0.9 million due to the combination of favorable rate exchanges and a non-recurring
reversal of a tax expense accrual made in fiscal 2018 and reversed in fiscal 2019 due to a regulatory change between the US Government and the State of
California.

We also saw lower workers compensation due to the combination of our operational focus on loss reduction, the full implantation of the Sunz workers
compensation program for 2019, and expense reduction due to a non-recurring return of premium related to prior reporting periods. The cost reduction
impact due to the combined focus and Sunz program implemented in July and thereby only impacted our workers compensation cost for two out of twelve
months in 2018 compared to a full year for 2019.

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $6.9 million or 125% to $12.4 million in 2019 from $5.5 million in 2018. The increase is due to the combination of
increased net revenues and improvement in gross profit percentages. Gross profit percentage improved 7.5% from 15.7% of revenues for the year ended
August  31,  2018  to  23.2%  for  the  year  ended August  31,  2019  due  to  the  cost  of  revenue  improvements  noted  above.  The  impact  of  the  accrual  and
reversal of the $0.9 million tax accrual accounts for 4.3% of the 7.5% due to a decrease of 2018 gross profit percentage by 2.6% and increase of 2019
gross profit percentage by 1.7%. The remaining 3.2% margin improvement is due to cost savings and tax rate improvements.

42

 
Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

The following table presents certain information related to our operating expenses

 
  
 
 
Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Share-based compensation
Commissions
Professional fees
General and Administrative
Marketing and Advertising
Software development
Depreciation and amortization
Total operating expenses

2019

Year ended August 31,
2018

    % Change

  (in thousands)     (in thousands)    
  $

7,702    $
613     
2,732     
3,918     
3,842     
1,208     
1,209     
839     
22,063    $

5,383     
363     
1,594     
2,078     
3,005     
547     
3,828     
274     
17,072     

43.1%
68.9%
71.4%
88.5%
27.9%
120.8%
(68.4)%
206.2%
29.2%

  $

Operating expenses increased $5.0 million or 29.2% to $22.1 million in 2019 from $17.1 million in 2018. The components of operating expenses changed
as follows:

Salaries,  wages  and  payroll  taxes consist  of  gross  salaries,  benefits,  and  payroll  taxes  associated  with  our  executive  management  team  and  corporate
employees for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, increased by $2.3 million to $7.7 million from $5.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31,
2018. The increase is due to the increase in corporate employees including the addition of our technical team hired to replace outside software developers
at a higher average salary than previously hired corporate employees.

Approximately $1.8 million is due to the headcount increase of which $0.7 million is attributable to the increase in costs related to our development team,
and  $0.5  million  is  due  to  raises  and  benefits  costs  increases  for  existing  employees  and  $0.6  million  due  to  additions  to  our  customer  service  and
operations  team.  Our  corporate  employee  monthly  average  increased  from  44  employees  in  2018  to  an  average  of  58  employees  in  2019.  Ending
employee count increased from 58 corporate employees for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, to 68 employees for the fiscal year August 31, 2019.

Share-Based compensation increased by $0.25 million or 68.9% to $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. This increase was primarily
due  to  additional  stock  option  awards  granted  to  our  corporate  employees  in  2018  and  2019  and  share  grants  issued  to  our  non-employee  board  of
directors.

Commissions consist of commissions payments made to third party brokers and inside sales personnel. Commissions increased by $1.1 million or 71.4%
to $2.7 million, from $1.6 million in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. Commissions are primarily associated with compensation to our sales force
for sales as well as to our property and casualty agents. Commission expenses approximates 0.77% and 0.72% of our gross billings for the years ended
August 31, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Professional fees consist of legal fees, accounting and public company costs, board fees, and consulting fees. Professional fees for the year ended August
31, 2019, increased by $1.8 million or 88.5% to $3.9 million, from $2.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2018. The increase is due to $1.1 million of
increased  legal  fees  and  legal  settlements,  $0.3  million  in  increased  sales  and  marketing  related  consulting,  $0.3  million  increase  for  outsourced
development related consulting costs, $0.3 million for increased administrative costs associated with our Sunz workers compensation policy, and a $0.3
million reduction in public company related costs, primarily due to reduced accounting and audit related costs.

43

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

General  and  Administrative expenses  consist  of  office  rent  and  related  overhead,  software  licenses,  insurance,  penalties,  business  taxes,  travel  and
entertainment, and other general business expenses. General and administrative expenses for the year ended August 31, 2019, increased by $0.8 million or
27.9% to $3.8 million, from $3.0 million for the year ended August 31, 2018. The increase is due to $0.3 million in higher software license fees related to
our  mobile  application,  $0.2  million  in  increased  accrued  tax  penalties,  and  $0.3  million  higher  rent  and  overhead  relating  to  our  increased  revenues,
personnel, and the support required for the business growth.

Marketing  and  advertising  expenses  consist  of  advertising,  website  costs,  marketing  promotions,  corporate  marketing,  and  tradeshow  related  costs.
Marketing and advertising costs increased by $0.7 million or 120.8% to $1.2 million in fiscal 2019 from $0.5 million in the prior year. The increase is due
to increased marketing, improvements to our website, increased tradeshows and advertising, and increased costs associated with marketing our mobile
application.

Software Development expenses consist of outsourced research and development to third parties. Software development costs decreased $2.6 million or
68.4% to $1.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2019 from $3.8 million in the prior year. The decrease is due to $2.8 million lower expenses in 2019
related to work contracted to Kadima, who we are currently in arbitration over non-delivery of the software and represented the entire expense in 2018. In
2019, Kadima represented $1.0 million of the expense and we incurred $0.2 million for contracted offshore developers in India and South America to
support our U.S based mobile platform development.

Depreciation  &  Amortization  increased  by  $0.6  million  or  206.2%  from  our  previous  fiscal  year.  The  Company  capitalized  $2.8  million  of  software
development costs related to the application development stage during the year ended August 31, 2018 and $0.9 million in 2019 for a total of $3.7 million
in capitalized software development. The increase is due to increased amortization on that capitalized software.

Other expense increased from $5.3 million for the year ended August 31, 2018 to $6.8 million for the year ended August 31, 2019:

Interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value of derivatives
Gain (Loss) associated with note defaults, net
Total Other income (expense)

For the Years Ended

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

(8,507,000)    
(3,927,000)    
2,569,000     
811,000     

(1,751,000)
- 
- 
(3,500,000)

(9,054,000)    

(5,251,000)

Interest Expense consists of cash interest on interest bearing notes, financing charges for the excess of fair value over carrying amounts of notes issued
during  any  reporting  period,  amortization  of  recorded  discount  and  associated  deferred  financing  costs,  and  acceleration  of  discounts  and  deferred
financing costs due to early conversions on notes payable. Interest expense increased $6.7 million to $8.5 million from $1.8 million in 2018. The increase
is due to the increased interest expense and financing costs associated with our June 2018 and March 2019 convertible notes. The 2019 balances include:
$2.6 million financing charge for the excess fair value over the carrying amount of the June 2019 Notes, non-cash interest expense related to amortization

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
of Convertible Notes discount of $5.6 million and cash based interest of $0.9 million offset by the recovery of a $0.6 million interest accrual recorded into
2018 as part of the registration rights penalties that was cured and reversed in December 2018.

44

 
Table of Contents

The  2018  balances  include  $0.6  million  for  the  accrual  of  the  guaranteed  twelve  month  of  interests  as  part  of  the  mandatory  default  clause  of  the

 
 
debentures that was triggered following the event of default, $0.9 million of non-cash interest related to the amortization of the debt discount and debt
issuance costs related to the June 2018 notes, and $0.2 million is related to the cash basis coupon payments on the outstanding principal amount of the
convertible notes.

Loss on debt extinguishment: The balance in 2019 represents the additional loss required to be recorded for note conversions below the stated conversion
rate and associated with $8.4 million of principal conversions that were converted into common stock in fiscal 2019. No such conversions occurred in
2018.

Change in fair value of derivative: The balance in 2019 represents the reduction in fair value of the derivative liabilities recorded with the March 2019
Notes payable. No such derivative existed in 2018. See also Note 8 to the Financial Statements.

Gain (Loss) associated with note default, net: For 2018, the loss of $3.5 million relates to the accrual of penalties and liquidated damages associated with
technical defaults under the registration rights agreements relating to our 8% senior secured convertible notes. Those penalties were settled in fiscal 2019
by the issuance of $0.9 million of additional convertible notes in December 2018 resulting in a gain of $2.6 million recorded in fiscal 2019. The gain was
offset by $1.8 million of accrued potential default damages related to our senior secured notes in default as of August 31, 2019.

Net loss. As a result of the explanations described above, the net loss for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, was $18.7 million, compared to a net loss
of  $16.8  million  in  the  prior  year  representing  an  increase  of  $1.9  million  or  11.3%  and  due  to  an  improvement  in  the  operating  loss  resulting  from
increased gross profit of $6.9 million offset by operating expense increases of $5.0 million and other expense increase of $3.8 million.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Going Concern

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1.6 million and a working capital deficiency of $15.9 million. During the year
ended August 31, 2019, the Company used approximately $2.1 million of cash in its operations, consisting of a net loss of $18.7 million, reduced by net
non-cash charges and gains of $10.8 million and working capital changes of $6.0 million. For the most recent quarter ending August 31, 2019, cash flows
used in operations were $0.8 million. While this represents a significant improvement from the prior year ended August 31, 2018 of $9.5 million of cash
used in operations, the Company has incurred recurring losses resulted in an accumulated deficit of $45 million as of August 31, 2019. These conditions
raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as going concern within one year from issuance date of the financial statements.

45

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon generating profitable operations in the future and obtaining additional funds
by way of public or private offering to meet the Company’s obligations and repay its liabilities when they become due. The Company has a recurring
revenue business model that generated $12.4 million of gross profit for the year of which $3.6 million is attributable to the fourth fiscal quarter. On an
annualized basis, a projected twelve-month gross profit based solely on the fourth quarter would be $14.4 million. For the year ended August 31, 2019,
the Company had $22.1 million of operating expenses, of which $1.4 million was non-cash depreciation and share based compensation. Of the remaining
$20.7  million,  $4.9  million  was  for  software  development  and  marketing  related  spending  for  the  HRIS  and  mobile  application  systems,  including
licensing and related salaries and consulting fees, with an additional $1.4 million for legal services, settlements and costs.

Historically, the Company’s principal source of financing has come through the sale of its common stock and issuance of convertible notes. The Company
successfully completed an Initial Public Offering (IPO) on NASDAQ on June 29, 2017, raising a total of $12 million ($10.9 million net of costs). In June
2018, the Company completed a private placement of 8% senior secured convertible notes to institutional investors raising $9 million of gross proceeds
($8.4 million net of costs). In March 2019, the Company completed a private placement of senior secured notes to institutional investors raising $3.75
million ($3.3 million net of costs).

The Company’s plans and expectations for the next 12 months include raising additional capital to help fund expansion of its operations, including the
continued development and support of its IT and HR platform. The Company engaged an investment banking firm to assist the Company in (i) preparing
information materials, (ii) advising the Company concerning the structure, price and conditions and (iii) organizing the marketing efforts with potential
investors in connection with a financing transaction. With the added development and marketing investment into the mobile application, the Company
anticipates the need to raise additional capital coupled with using its actual cash position and continue leveraging its payables until it reaches breakeven at
about 25,000 worksite employees.

The  Company  believes  that  its  current  cash  position,  along  with  its  revenue  growth  and  the  financing  from  potential  institutional  investors  will  be
sufficient to fund its operations for at least a year from the date these financials are available. If these sources do not provide the capital necessary to fund
the Company’s operations during the next twelve months from the date of this report, the Company may need to curtail certain aspects of its operations or
expansion activities, consider the sale of its assets, or consider other means of financing. The Company can give no assurance that it will be successful in
implementing its business plan and obtaining financing on terms advantageous to the Company or that any such additional financing would be available to
the Company as such these conditions raise substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the issuance date of the
financial statements. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments from this uncertainty.

 
  
 
 
 
 
The Company’s existing institutional investors from our senior secured convertibles have converted approximately $8.8 million of their principal into 6.9
million shares of the Company’s common stock, which allowed the Company to retain cash to fund its operations and build its IT department to complete
the  deployment  of  its  technology  platform.  In  June  2019  the  Company  ceased  to  honor  requested  additional  conversions  to  attempt  to  remain  in
compliance with Nasdaq listing requirements. In response, two of the investors filed legal action to compel the Company to honor the conversion requests.
The Company seeks to renegotiate the 2018 and 2019 notes, without litigating the matter in courts, to amend the terms to remove the conversion features
and revise the cash amortization schedule to be more in alignment with the Company’s cash flow. We are currently in discussions with our note holders to
resolve the matter. On December 5, 2019 we agreed with the majority holder of our March 2019 Notes to extend the notes to March 2022 and which
provides for a revised cash amortization schedule beginning April 2020 and extends the term of the March 2019 notes to March 1, 2022. That noteholder
also  converted  their  December  2018  notes  carried  at  $222,222  into  the  same  terms  as  the  amended  March  2019  notes.  See  also  subsequent  events
disclosure in footnote 14.

46

 
Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in cash flows for the twelve months ended August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Net cash used in operating activities

For the year ended
August 31,

2019
(2,086,000)   $

2018
(9,538,000)

  $

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Change in cash

(1,492,000)    
3,489,000     
(89,000)   $

(3,019,000)
8,310,000 
(4,247,000)

  $

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1.6 million and a working capital deficiency of $15.9 million. During the year
ended August 31, 2019, the Company used approximately $2.1 million of cash in its operations, consisting of a net loss of $18.7 million, reduced by net
non-cash charges of $10.8 million and working capital changes of $6.0 million, primarily in accounts payable and accrued payroll. During the year our
workers compensation cash reserves increased by $4.4 million and our accrued workers comp liabilities increased by $4.7 million. A significant portion of
our operating cash spending for 2019 was attributable to approximately $4.0 million of expensed development and marketing costs associated with the
development of our mobile application.

During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company used approximately $9.5 million of cash in operations consisting of a net loss of $16.8 million,
reduced by net non-cash charges of $5.1 million and working capital changes of $2.2 million, primarily in accrued payroll. During the year our workers
compensation cash reserves increased by $1.5 million and our accrued workers comp liabilities increased by $1.2 million. A significant portion of our
operating  cash  spending  for  2018  was  attributable  to  approximately  $4.7  million  of  expensed  development  and  marketing  costs  associated  with  the
development of our mobile application.

The cash used in investing activities was primarily due to the capitalization of the mobile application development costs performed by outside software
consultants for both 2019 and 2018.

For  the  year  ended August  31,  2018  cash  from  financing  activities  were  primarily  due  to  $4.75  million  in  proceeds  ($3.3  million  net  of  original  issue
discount  and  closing  costs)  from  the  issuance  of  convertible  notes  in  March  2019,  exercise  of  warrants  for  common  shares  of  $0.7  million,  and  $0.4
million repayment of convertible notes in cash.

Share Repurchase Plan

On July 9, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of our outstanding common shares as market
conditions warrant over a period of 18 months. The Company has not implemented the share repurchase plan to date and has not repurchased any shares
under the plan.

47

   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgment and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate  our  estimates  based  on  historical  experience  and  make  various  assumptions,  which  management  believes  to  be  reasonable  under  the
circumstances,  which  form  the  basis  for  judgments  about  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The  notes  to  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  contain  a  summary  of  our  significant  accounting  policies.  We  consider  the  following
accounting policies critical to the understanding of the results of our operations:

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include:

·

·

·

·

·

Liability for legal contingencies;

Useful lives of property and equipment;

Assumptions made in valuing equity instruments;

Assumptions made in valuing embedded derivatives and freestanding equity-linked instrument classified as liabilities;

Deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance; and

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

Projected development of workers’ compensation claims.

Revenue and Direct Cost Recognition

The Company provides an array of human resources and business solutions designed to help improve business performance.

We  account  for  our  revenues  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  605-45,  Revenue  Recognition,  Principal  Agent
Considerations.  Our  EAS  solutions  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  the  Company’s  gross  billings,  which  are  based  on  (i)  the  payroll  cost  of  the
Company’s worksite employees and (ii) a mark-up computed as a percentage of payroll costs for payroll taxes and workers compensation premiums.

The  Company’s  revenues  are  primarily  attributable  to  fees  for  providing  staffing  solutions  and  EAS/HCM  (“Employment Administration  Services”/
“Human  Capital  Management”)  services.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  all  of  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence  of  an
arrangement exists; (ii) the services have been rendered to the customer; (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably
assured. We enter into contracts with our clients for EAS services based on a stated rate and price in the contract. Our contracts generally have a term of
12 months, but are cancellable at any time by either party with 30 days’ notice.

Gross billings are invoiced to each client concurrently with each periodic payroll of the Company’s worksite employees which coincides with the services
provided and which is typically a fixed percentage of the payroll processed. Revenues, which exclude the payroll cost component of gross billings and
therefore  consist  solely  of  markup  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  payroll  period  as  worksite  employees  perform  their  service  at  the  client  worksite.
Revenues  that  have  been  recognized  but  not  invoiced  are  included  in  unbilled  accounts  receivable  on  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  were
$6,878,000 and $6,193,000 for the years ended August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, respectively.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Consistent with our revenue recognition policy, our direct costs do not include the payroll cost of our worksite employees. Our cost of revenue associated
with  our  revenue  generating  activities  are  primarily  comprised  of  all  other  costs  related  to  our  worksite  employees,  such  as  the  employer  portion  of
payroll-related taxes, employee benefit plan premiums and workers’ compensation insurance costs.

We  have  evaluated  our  revenue  recognition  policies  in  conjunction  with  our  future  expected  business  which  may  be  migrating  to  a  staffing  business
model. For fiscal years 2018 and 2019, we determined that we did not have any revenues which should have been evaluated under a staffing business
model. Such a staffing business model would have included the payroll costs in revenues with a corresponding increase to cost of revenues for payroll
costs associated with staffing services.

We reviewed the costs associated with acquiring our customers under ASC 340-40 Other Assets and Deferred Costs and determined that no such costs
should  be  capitalized.  Costs  relating  to  our  customers  are  typically  commissions  paid  as  a  percentage  of  some  of  our  revenue  components  and  are
expensed as they are incurred because the terms of our contracts generally are cancellable by either party with a 30-day notice. These costs are recorded in
commissions in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and
minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.
Leasehold improvements are being amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the initial lease term.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated
useful lives of property and equipment for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

Equipment:
Furnitures & Fixtures: 5 - 7 years

5 years

The  amortization  of  leasehold  improvements  and  the  depreciation  of  equipment  and  furniture  is  included  in  depreciation  expense  on  the  consolidated
statements of operations.

Computer Software Development

Software development costs relate primarily to software coding, systems interfaces and testing of our proprietary employer information systems and are
accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, Internal Use Software.

Internal  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  from  the  time  the  internal  use  software  is  considered  probable  of  completion  until  the  software  is
ready  for  use.  Business  analysis,  system  evaluation  and  software  maintenance  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  capitalized  computer  software
development costs are reported under the section fixed assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

We determined that there were no material internal software development costs for the years ended August 31, 2018 or 2019. All capitalized software
recorded was purchased from third party vendors. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful life of the software, generally five years.

The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

We periodically evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with ASC 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment  . ASC  360-10  requires
that an impairment loss be recognized for assets to be disposed of or held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset is deemed to not be recoverable. If
events  or  circumstances  were  to  indicate  that  any  of  our  long-lived  assets  might  be  impaired,  we  would  assess  recoverability  based  on  the  estimated
undiscounted future cash flows to be generated from the applicable asset. In addition, we may record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying
value  of  the  asset  exceeded  the  fair  value  of  the  asset.  Fair  value  is  generally  determined  using  an  estimate  of  discounted  future  net  cash  flows  from
operating activities or upon disposal of the asset. During the year ended August 31, 2019 we conducted an impairment analysis of our capitalized software
and determined that there was no impairment loss required.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Workers’ compensation

Everest Program

Up to July 2018, a portion of the Company’s workers’ compensation risk was covered by a retrospective rated policy, which calculates the final policy
premium based on the Company’s loss experience during the term of the policy and the stipulated formula set forth in the policy. The Company funds the
policy premium based on standard premium rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll applicable to workers covered by the policy. During
the policy term and thereafter, periodic adjustments may involve either a return of previously paid premiums or a payment of additional premiums by the
Company  or  a  combination  of  both.  If  the  Company’s  losses  under  that  policy  exceed  the  expected  losses  under  that  policy,  then  the  Company  could
receive a demand for additional premium payments.

The  Company  utilizes  a  third-party  to  estimate  its  loss  development  rate,  which  is  based  primarily  upon  the  nature  of  worksite  employees’  job
responsibilities, the location of worksite employees, the historical frequency and severity of workers’ compensation claims, and an estimate of future cost
trends. Each reporting period, changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into our
workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. As of August 31, 2019, the Company classified $0.1 million in short term accrued workers’ compensation
and $0.3 million in long term accrued workers’ compensation in our consolidated balance sheets.

Sunz Program

Starting in July 2018, the Company’s workers’ compensation program for its worksite employees has been provided through an arrangement with United
Wisconsin  Insurance  Company  (“UWIC”)  and  administered  by  Sunz.  Under  this  program,  the  Company  has  financial  responsibility  for  the  first  $0.5
million  of  claims  per  occurrence.  The  Company  provides  and  maintains  a  loss  fund  that  will  be  used  to  pay  claims  and  claim  related  expenses.  The
workers’ compensation insurance carrier established monthly funding requirements comprised of premium costs and funds to be set aside for payment of
future  claims  (“claim  loss  funds”).  The  level  of  claim  loss  funds  is  primarily  based  upon  anticipated  worksite  employee  payroll  levels  and  expected
worker’s compensation loss rates, as determined by the insurance carrier. Monies funded into the program for incurred claims expected to be paid within
one  year  are  recorded  as  Deposit  -  workers’  compensation,  a  short-term  asset,  while  the  remainder  of  claim  funds  are  included  in  deposits-  workers’
compensation, a long-term asset in our consolidated balance sheets.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had $1.9 million in “deposit – workers’ compensation”, classified as a short-term asset and $6.3 million, classified
as a long-term asset.

The Company’s estimate of incurred claim costs expected to be paid within one year is included in short-term liabilities, while its estimate of incurred
claim  costs  expected  to  be  paid  beyond  one  year  is  included  in  long-term  liabilities  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheets. As  of August  31,  2019,  the

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company had short term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $1.8 million and long term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $4.1 million.

Because  the  Company  bears  the  financial  responsibility  for  claims  up  to  the  level  noted  above,  such  claims,  which  are  the  primary  component  of  our
workers’ compensation costs, are recorded in the period incurred. Workers’ compensation insurance includes ongoing health care and indemnity coverage
whereby  claims  are  paid  over  numerous  years  following  the  date  of  injury. Accordingly,  the  accrual  of  related  incurred  costs  in  each  reporting  period
includes  estimates,  which  takes  into  account  the  ongoing  development  of  claims  and  therefore  requires  a  significant  level  of  judgment.  In  estimating
ultimate  loss  rates,  the  Company  utilizes  historical  loss  experience,  exposure  data,  and  actuarial  judgment,  together  with  a  range  of  inputs  which  are
primarily based upon the worksite employee’s job responsibilities, their location, the historical frequency and severity of workers’ compensation claims,
and an estimate of future cost trends. For each reporting period, changes in the actuarial assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience
and other trends are incorporated into our workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. The estimated incurred claims are based upon: (i) the level of
claims processed during each quarter; (ii) estimated completion rates based upon recent claim development patterns under the plan; and (iii) the number of
participants in the plan.

50

 
 
Table of Contents

Debt issuance Costs and Debt discount

Debt  issuance  costs  and  debt  discounts  are  being  amortized  over  the  lives  of  the  related  financings  on  a  basis  that  approximates  the  effective  interest
method. Costs and discounts are presented as a reduction of the related debt in the accompanying balance sheets. Portions attributable to notes converted
into equity are accelerated to interest expense upon conversion.

Beneficial Conversion Features

The intrinsic value of a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) inherent to a convertible note payable, which is not bifurcated and accounted for separately
from the convertible note payable and may not be settled in cash upon conversion, is treated as a discount to the convertible note payable. This discount is
amortized over the period from the date of issuance to the stated maturity using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

 
 
 
 
 
If the note payable is retired prior to the end of the contractual term, the unamortized discount is expensed in the period of retirement to interest expense.
In general, the BCF is measured by comparing the effective conversion price, after considering the relative fair value of detachable instruments included
in the financing transaction, if any, to the fair value of the common shares at the commitment date to be received upon conversion.

Derivative financial instruments

When a Company issues debt that contains a conversion feature, it first evaluates whether the conversion feature meets the requirement to be treated as a
derivative: a) the settlement amount is determined by one or more underlying, typically the price of the Company’s stock, b) the settlement amount is
determined by one or more notional amounts or payments provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; c) no initial net investment,
which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and d) net settlement provision, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received
upon  conversion  can  be  readily  sold  for  cash.  There  are  certain  scope  exceptions  from  derivative  treatment,  but  these  typically  exclude  conversion
features that provide for a variable number of shares. When ShiftPixy, Inc., issues warrants to purchase its common stock, the Company evaluates whether
they meet the requirements to be treated as derivative. Generally, warrants would be treated as a derivative if the provisions of the warrants agreements
create uncertainty as to a) the number of shares to be issued upon exercise, or b) whether shares may be issued upon exercise. If the conversion feature
within convertible debt or warrants meet the requirements to be treated as a derivative, ShiftPixy estimates the fair value of the derivative liability using
the  lattice-based  option  valuation  model  upon  the  date  of  issuance.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  liability  is  higher  than  the  face  value  of  the
convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a liability with an
offsetting  amount  recorded  as  a  debt  discount,  which  offsets  the  carrying  amount  of  the  debt.  The  derivative  liability  is  revalued  at  the  end  of  each
reporting  period  and  any  change  in  fair  value  is  recorded  as  a  change  in  fair  value  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  debt  discount  is
amortized  through  interest  expense  over  the  life  of  the  debt.  Derivative  instrument  liabilities  and  the  host  debt  agreements  are  classified  on  the
consolidated balance sheets as current or non-current based on whether settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of
the consolidated balance sheet date.

The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record the embedded conversion option and warrants at their fair
values as of the inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-
operating, non-cash income or expense for each reporting period at each balance sheet date. The Company reassesses the classification of its derivative
instruments at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the
event that caused the reclassification.

51

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

At August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has one stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may issue both share and stock option
awards. The Company accounts for this plan under the recognition and measurement principles of ASC 718, Compensation- Stock Compensation, which
requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations
on their fair values. Share grants are valued at the closing market price on the date of issuance which approximates fair value.

For option grants, the grant date fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) pricing model. Our option grants are typically
issued with vesting depending on a term of service. For all employee stock options granted, the Company recognizes expense over the requisite service
period over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

The Company’s option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term.
The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company  since  our  Initial  Public  Offering. Any  changes  in  these  highly  subjective
assumptions significantly impact stock-based compensation expense.

Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ASU 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. Any compensation
cost  previously  recognized  for  an  unvested  award  that  is  forfeited  because  of  a  failure  to  satisfy  a  service  condition  is  reversed  in  the  period  of  the
forfeiture.

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contingencies

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will only be resolved
when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such
contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment. In assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that
are pending against the Company or unasserted claims that may result in such proceedings, the Company, in consultation with legal counsel, evaluates the
perceived merits of any legal proceedings or unasserted claims, as well as the perceived merits of the amount of relief sought or expected to be sought
therein. If the assessment of a contingency indicates it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated,
then the estimated liability would be accrued in the Company’s financial statements. If the assessment indicates a potentially material loss contingency is
not probable, but is reasonably possible, or is probable, but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, together with an estimate of
the range of possible loss, if determinable and material, would be disclosed. Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed unless they
involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees would be disclosed.

Emerging Growth Reporting Requirements

We are a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. We are required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company”
(as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange
Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that
are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

·

·

·

·

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

being  permitted  to  comply  with  reduced  disclosure  obligations  regarding  executive  compensation  in  our  periodic  reports  and  proxy
statements; and

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden
parachute payments not previously approved.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an “emerging growth
company” for up to five years, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30
before that time, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required.

53

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Periods Ended August 31, 2019 and 2018

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’Deficit

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

54

F-1

F-2

F-3

F-4

F-5

F-6

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
ShiftPixy, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  as  of  August  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 2019 and the related
notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended
August 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  assuming  that  the  Company  will  continue  as  a  going  concern. As  more  fully  described  in
Note  3,  the  Company  has  a  significant  working  capital  deficiency,  has  incurred  significant  losses  and  needs  to  raise  additional  funds  to  meet  its
obligations and sustain its operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's
plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome
of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)
("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required
to  have,  nor  were  we  engaged  to  perform,  an  audit  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting. As  part  of  our  audits  we  are  required  to  obtain  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal
control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and
performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as
evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, NY
December 13, 2019

F-1

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

Table of Contents

ASSETS
Current assets

Cash
Accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable
Deposits-workers’ compensation
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets

Total current assets

Fixed assets, net
Deposits- workers’ compensation
Deposits and other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities
Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and related liabilities
Convertible Notes, Net
Derivative liability
Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Default penalties accrual
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Accrued workers’ compensation costs

Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ deficit
Preferred stock, 50,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value; no shares issued and outstanding
Common stock, 750,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value; 36,281,894 and 28,851,787 shares issued as
of August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost - 558,132 shares and no shares as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

  $

  $

  $

1,561,000    $
272,000     
9,478,000     
1,957,000     
519,000     
244,000     
14,031,000     

3,360,000     
6,281,000     
124,000     
23,796,000    $

1,650,000 
111,000 
6,193,000 
1,672,000 
563,000 
259,000 
10,447,000 

3,032,000 
2,202,000 
121,000 
15,802,000 

3,061,000    $
16,412,000     
3,351,000     
3,756,000     
1,957,000     
1,800,000     
1,850,000     
32,187,000     

1,246,000 
9,477,000 
6,171,000 
- 
305,000 
3,500,000 
1,956,000 
22,656,000 

4,379,000     
36,566,000     

901,000 
23,557,000 

-     

- 

4,000     
32,501,000     
(325,000)    
(44,950,000)    
(12,770,000)    
23,796,000    $

3,000 
18,465,000 
- 
(26,223,000)
(7,755,000)
15,802,000 

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
Table of Contents

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

Revenues (gross billings of $352.6 million and $222.4 million (unaudited) less worksite employee payroll cost
of $299.2 million and $187.5 million (unaudited), respectively)

  $

53,436,000    $

34,959,000 

For the Years Ended

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

Cost of revenue
Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Share-based compensation - general and administrative
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development
Marketing and advertising
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization
Total operating expenses

Operating Loss
Other income (expense)

Interest expense
Loss on debt extinguishment
Change in fair value of derivative
Gain (Loss) associated with note defaults, net
Total Other income (expense)

Net Loss

Net loss per common share

Basic and diluted

Weighted average number of common shares

Basic and diluted

41,046,000     
12,390,000     

29,458,000 
5,500,000 

7,702,000     
632,000     
2,732,000     
3,918,000     
1,209,000     
1,208,000     
3,823,000     
839,000     
22,063,000     
(9,673,000)    

5,383,000 
363,000 
1,594,000 
2,078,000 
3,828,000 
547,000 
3,005,000 
274,000 
17,072,000 
(11,572,000)

(8,507,000)    
(3,927,000)    
2,569,000     
811,000     
(9,054,000)    

(1,751,000)
- 
- 
(3,500,000)
(5,251,000)

  $ (18,727,000)   $ (16,823,000)

  $

(0.57)   $

(0.58)

32,708,800     

28,810,103 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Balance, August 31, 2017
Warrants exercised for cash
Warrants issued with convertible debt
Intrinsic value due to beneficial conversion
feature
Stock-based compensation expense
Common stock issued for services rendered    
Net Loss
Balance, August 31, 2018
Warrants exercised for cash
Common stock issued for services rendered    
Stock-based compensation expense
Reclass of derivative liability upon
conversion of related convertible notes
Common shares issued upon conversion of
convertible notes and interest
Shares issued to induce debt conversion
Treasury  stock  received  for  settlement  of
note receivable
Net Loss
Balance, August 31, 2019

Treasury 
stock

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock
Issued

Shares
28,762,424    $
37,500     
-     

-     
-     
51,863     
-     
28,851,787    $
267,500     
199,372     
-     

Amount

3,000    $
-     
-     

-     
-     
-     
-     
3,000    $
-     
-     
-     

Additional
Paid-In
Capital
15,013,000    $
75,000     
859,000     

2,155,000     
200,000     
163,000     
-     
18,465,000    $
660,000     
263,000     
369,000     

-     

-     

12,000     

4,231,075     
2,732,160     

1,000     
-     

8,903,000     
3,829,000     

    Accumulated    
Deficit
(9,400,000)   $
-     
-     

-    $
-     
-     

Total
Stockholders’  
Deficit

5,615,000 
75,000 
859,000 

-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
(16,823,000)    
-    $ (26,223,000)   $
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     
-     

2,156,000 
200,000 
163,000 
(16,823,000)
(7,755,000)
660,000 
263,000 
369,000 

-     

-     
-     

-     

-     
-     

12,000 

8,904,000 
3,829,000 

-     
-     
36,281,894    $

-     
-     
4,000    $

-     
-     
32,501,000    $

(325,000)    
-     

(325,000)
-     
(18,727,000)
(18,727,000)    
(325,000)   $ (44,950,000)   $ (12,770,000)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Inducement loss on Note Conversions
Excess of derivative liabilities over Notes at issuance
Amortization of note discount and financing costs
Stock issued for services
Stock based compensation
Loss (Gain) associated with note defaults, net
Interest paid in common shares
Change in fair value derivative and warrant liability

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Deposits – workers’ compensation
Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable
Payroll related liabilities
Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Other current liabilities
Net cash used in operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of fixed assets
Issuance of related party note receivable
Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

For the
Years Ended

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

  $ (18,727,000)   $ (16,823,000)

839,000     
3,829,000     
2,588,000     
5,607,000     
263,000     
369,000     
(811,000)    
509,000     
(2,569,000)    

(161,000)    
(3,286,000)    
43,000     
15,000     
(4,364,000)    
(3,000)    
1,815,000     
6,935,000     
5,129,000     
(106,000)    
(2,086,000)    

274,000 
- 
- 
951,000 
163,000 
200,000 
3,500,000 
- 
- 

318,000 
(6,193,000)
(210,000)
(243,000)
(1,538,000)
6,000 
86,000 
7,088,000 
1,206,000 
1,677,000 
(9,538,000)

(1,167,000)    
(325,000)    
(1,492,000)    

(3,019,000)
- 
(3,019,000)

3,750,000     

9,000,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
Issuance costs related to convertible notes
Repayment of convertible notes
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash - beginning of year
Cash - end of year
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest
Income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Conversion of debt and accrued interest into common stock
Additional principal to settle registration rights penalties
Discharge of related party note receivable for common shares
Allocated fair value of beneficial conversion feature
Allocated fair value of warrants included with convertible notes
Debt discount due to the intrinsic value of beneficial conversion feature
Debt discount due to warrants included with convertible notes

(485,000)    
(436,000)    
660,000     
3,489,000     
(89,000)    
1,650,000     
1,561,000    $

(765,000)
- 
75,000 
8,310,000 
(4,247,000)
5,897,000 
1,650,000 

226,000    $
–    $

8,904,000    $
889,000    $
325,000    $
1,479,000    $
2,271,000    $
–    $
–    $

133,000 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
924,000 
859,000 

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

   
   
   
   
   
   
 
    
  
 
    
  
   
      
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 1: Nature of Operations

ShiftPixy. Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ShiftPixy, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated on June 3, 2015. The Company is a specialized staffing service provider that provides solutions for
large  contingent  part-time  workforce  demands,  primarily  in  the  restaurant,  hospitality  and  maintenance  service  trades.  The  Company’s  focus  is  on  the
restaurant industry in Southern California.

Both  ShiftPixy,  Inc  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Shift  Human  Capital  Management  Inc.  (“SHCM”),  function  as  an  employment  administrative
services (“EAS”) provider including services such as administrative and processing services, performing functions in the nature of a payroll processor,
human resources consultant, administrator of workers’ compensation coverages and claims and provides workers compensation coverage written in the
names of the clients (as may be required by some states). The Company has built a human resources information systems platform to assist in customer
acquisition and hopes that this mechanism may become a way to onboard new clients into the ShiftPixy Ecosystem when eligible clients recognize the
value of the services provided by the parent Company.

Note 2: Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The  Company  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary  have  been  consolidated  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  All  intercompany
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  reported
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of
revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include:

·
·
·
·
·
·

Liability for legal contingencies;
Useful lives of software, property and equipment;
Assumptions made in valuing equity instruments;
Assumptions made in valuing embedded derivatives and freestanding equity-linked instrument classified as liabilities;
Deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance; and
Projected development of workers’ compensation claims.

F-6

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Revenue and Direct Cost Recognition

The Company provides an array of human resources and business solutions designed to help improve business performance.

The  Company  accounts  for  its  EAS  revenues  in  accordance  with Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  605-45,  Revenue  Recognition,  Principal
Agent Considerations.  EAS  solutions  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  the  Company’s  gross  billings,  which  are  based  on  (i)  the  payroll  cost  of  the
Company’s worksite employees and (ii) a mark-up computed as a percentage of payroll costs for payroll taxes and workers compensation premiums.

The  Company’s  revenues  are  primarily  attributable  to  fees  for  providing  staffing  solutions  and  EAS/HCM  (“Employment Administration  Services”/
“Human  Capital  Management”)  services.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  all  of  the  following  criteria  are  met:  (i)  persuasive  evidence  of  an
arrangement exists; (ii) the services have been rendered to the customer; (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably
assured. The Company enters into contracts with its clients for EAS services based on a stated rate and price in the contract. Contracts generally have a
term  of  12  months  but  are  cancellable  at  any  time  by  either  party  with  30  days’  notice.  Contract  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  as  services  are
rendered and the term between invoicing and when the performance obligations are satisfied is not significant. The Company does not have significant
financing components or significant payment terms for its customers and consequently has no material credit losses.

Gross billings are invoiced to each client concurrently with each periodic payroll of the Company’s worksite employees which coincides with the services
provided and which is typically a fixed percentage of the payroll processed. Revenues, which exclude the payroll cost component of gross billings and
therefore  consist  solely  of  markup  are  recognized  ratably  over  the  payroll  period  as  worksite  employees  perform  their  service  at  the  client  worksite.

 
  
 
 
 
 
Revenues  that  have  been  recognized  but  not  invoiced  are  included  in  unbilled  accounts  receivable  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets  and
were $6,878,000 and $6,193,000 for the years ended August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, respectively.

Consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy, direct costs do not include the payroll cost of its worksite employees. The cost of revenue
associated  with  the  Company’s  revenue  generating  activities  is  primarily  comprised  of  all  other  costs  related  to  its  worksite  employees,  such  as  the
employer portion of payroll-related taxes, employee benefit plan premiums and workers’ compensation insurance costs.

The  Company  has  evaluated  its  revenue  recognition  policies  in  conjunction  with  its  future  expected  business  which  may  be  migrating  to  a  staffing
business  model.  For  fiscal  years  2018  and  2019,  there  were  no  revenues  which  should  have  been  evaluated  under  a  staffing  business  model.  Such  a
staffing business model would have included the payroll costs in revenues with a corresponding increase to cost of revenues for payroll costs associated
with staffing services.

The  Company  reviewed  the  costs  associated  with  acquiring  its  customers  under ASC  340-10 Other  Assets  and  Deferred  Costs  and  determined  that  no
such  costs  should  be  capitalized.  Costs  relating  to  its  customers  are  typically  commissions  paid  as  a  percentage  of  some  of  the  Company’s  revenue
components and are expensed as they are incurred because the terms of its contracts generally are cancellable by either party with a 30-day notice. These
costs are recorded in commissions in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Segment Reporting

The  Company  operates  as  one  reportable  segment  under  ASC  280,  Segment  Reporting.  The  Chief  operating  decision  maker  regularly  reviews  the
financial information of the Company at a consolidated level in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performances. The Company expects
to operate in multiple segments in the future as its business evolves and will evaluate these changes prospectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased as cash equivalents. The Company
had no such investments as of August 31, 2019 or 2018.

F-7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash with a commercial bank, which is insured by the Federal Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At various times, the Company
has  deposits  in  this  financial  institution  in  excess  of  the  amount  insured  by  the  FDIC.  The  Company  has  not  experienced  any  losses  related  to  these
balances and believes its credit risk to be minimal. As of August 31, 2019, there were $2,354,000 of cash in excess of the amounts insured by the FDIC.

The Company had no individual client that represented more than 10% of its annual revenues for either fiscal years 2019 or 2018. Four clients represent
92% of total accounts receivable at August 31, 2019, compared to four clients representing approximately 86% of its total accounts receivable at August
31, 2018.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and
minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period.
Leasehold improvements are being amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the initial lease term.

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated
useful lives of property and equipment for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

Equipment:
Furnitures & Fixtures:

5 years
5 - 7 years

The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Computer Software Development

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Software  development  costs  relate  primarily  to  software  coding,  systems  interfaces  and  testing  of  the  Company’s  proprietary  employer  information
systems and are accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-40, Internal Use Software.

Internal  software  development  costs  are  capitalized  from  the  time  the  internal  use  software  is  considered  probable  of  completion  until  the  software  is
ready  for  use.  Business  analysis,  system  evaluation  and  software  maintenance  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  capitalized  computer  software
development costs are reported under the section fixed assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company determined that there were no material internal software development costs for the years ended August 31, 2018 or 2019. All capitalized
software recorded was purchased from third party vendors. Capitalized software development costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful life of the software, generally five years.

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment in accordance with ASC 360-10, Property, Plant, and Equipment . ASC 360-10
requires  that  an  impairment  loss  be  recognized  for  assets  to  be  disposed  of  or  held-for-use  when  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  is  deemed  to  not  be
recoverable.  If  events  or  circumstances  were  to  indicate  that  any  of  its  long-lived  assets  might  be  impaired,  the  Company  would  assess  recoverability
based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated from the applicable asset. In addition, the Company may record an impairment loss
to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeded the fair value of the asset. Fair value is generally determined using an estimate of discounted
future net cash flows from operating activities or upon disposal of the asset.

F-8

 
 
 
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Workers’ compensation

Everest Program

Up to July 2018, a portion of the Company’s workers’ compensation risk was covered by a retrospective rated policy, which calculates the final policy
premium based on the Company’s loss experience during the term of the policy and the stipulated formula set forth in the policy. The Company funds the
policy premium based on standard premium rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll applicable to workers covered by the policy. During
the policy term and thereafter, periodic adjustments may involve either a return of previously paid premiums or a payment of additional premiums by the
Company  or  a  combination  of  both.  If  the  Company’s  losses  under  that  policy  exceed  the  expected  losses  under  that  policy,  then  the  Company  could
receive a demand for additional premium payments.

The  Company  utilizes  a  third-party  to  estimate  its  loss  development  rate,  which  is  based  primarily  upon  the  nature  of  worksite  employees’  job
responsibilities, the location of worksite employees, the historical frequency and severity of workers’ compensation claims, and an estimate of future cost
trends. Each reporting period, changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into its
workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. As of August 31, 2019, the Company classified $0.1 million in short term accrued workers’ compensation
and $0.3 million in long term accrued workers’ compensation in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Sunz Program

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
Starting in July 2018, the Company’s workers’ compensation program for its worksite employees has been provided through an arrangement with United
Wisconsin  Insurance  Company  (“UWIC”)  and  administered  by  Sunz.  Under  this  program,  the  Company  has  financial  responsibility  for  the  first  $0.5
million  of  claims  per  occurrence.  The  Company  provides  and  maintains  a  loss  fund  that  will  be  used  to  pay  claims  and  claim  related  expenses.  The
workers’ compensation insurance carrier established monthly funding requirements comprised of premium costs and funds to be set aside for payment of
future  claims  (“claim  loss  funds”).  The  level  of  claim  loss  funds  is  primarily  based  upon  anticipated  worksite  employee  payroll  levels  and  expected
worker’s compensation loss rates, as determined by the insurance carrier. Monies funded into the program for incurred claims expected to be paid within
one  year  are  recorded  as  Deposit  -  workers’  compensation,  a  short-term  asset,  while  the  remainder  of  claim  funds  are  included  in  deposits-  workers’
compensation, a long-term asset in its consolidated balance sheets.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had $1.9 million in deposit – workers’ compensation classified as a short-term asset and $6.3 million classified as a
long-term asset.

The Company’s estimate of incurred claim costs expected to be paid within one year is included in short-term liabilities, while its estimate of incurred
claim  costs  expected  to  be  paid  beyond  one  year  is  included  in  long-term  liabilities  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheets. As  of August  31,  2019,  the
Company had short term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $1.8 million and long term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $4.1 million.

Because  the  Company  bears  the  financial  responsibility  for  claims  up  to  the  level  noted  above,  such  claims,  which  are  the  primary  component  of  its
workers’ compensation costs, are recorded in the period incurred. Workers’ compensation insurance includes ongoing health care and indemnity coverage
whereby  claims  are  paid  over  numerous  years  following  the  date  of  injury. Accordingly,  the  accrual  of  related  incurred  costs  in  each  reporting  period
includes  estimates,  which  takes  into  account  the  ongoing  development  of  claims  and  therefore  requires  a  significant  level  of  judgment.  In  estimating
ultimate  loss  rates,  the  Company  utilizes  historical  loss  experience,  exposure  data,  and  actuarial  judgment,  together  with  a  range  of  inputs  which  are
primarily based upon the worksite employee’s job responsibilities, their location, the historical frequency and severity of workers’ compensation claims,
and an estimate of future cost trends. For each reporting period, changes in the actuarial assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience
and  other  trends  are  incorporated  into  its  workers’  compensation  claims  cost  estimates.  The  estimated  incurred  claims  are  based  upon:  (i)  the  level  of
claims processed during each quarter; (ii) estimated completion rates based upon recent claim development patterns under the plan; and (iii) the number of
participants in the plan.

F-9

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Debt issuance Costs and Debt discount

Debt  issuance  costs  and  debt  discounts  are  being  amortized  over  the  lives  of  the  related  financings  on  a  basis  that  approximates  the  effective  interest
method. Costs and discounts are presented as a reduction of the related debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Portions attributable to
notes converted into equity are accelerated to interest expense upon conversion.

Beneficial Conversion Features

The intrinsic value of a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) inherent to a convertible note payable, which is not bifurcated and accounted for separately
from the convertible note payable and may not be settled in cash upon conversion, is treated as a discount to the convertible note payable. This discount is
amortized over the period from the date of issuance to the stated maturity using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.
If the note payable is retired prior to the end of the contractual term, the unamortized discount is expensed in the period of retirement to interest expense.
In general, the BCF is measured by comparing the effective conversion price, after considering the relative fair value of detachable instruments included
in the financing transaction, if any, to the fair value of the common shares at the commitment date to be received upon conversion.

Derivative financial instruments

When a Company issues debt that contains a conversion feature, it first evaluates whether the conversion feature meets the requirement to be treated as a
derivative: a) the settlement amount is determined by one or more underlying, typically the price of the Company’s stock, b) the settlement amount is
determined by one or more notional amounts or payments provisions or both, generally the number of shares upon conversion; c) no initial net investment,
which typically excludes the amount borrowed; and d) net settlement provision, which in the case of convertible debt generally means the stock received
upon  conversion  can  be  readily  sold  for  cash.  There  are  certain  scope  exceptions  from  derivative  treatment,  but  these  typically  exclude  conversion
features that provide for a variable number of shares. When ShiftPixy, Inc., issues warrants to purchase its common stock, the Company evaluates whether
they meet the requirements to be treated as derivative. Generally, warrants would be treated as a derivative if the provisions of the warrants agreements
create uncertainty as to a) the number of shares to be issued upon exercise, or b) whether shares may be issued upon exercise. If the conversion feature

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
within convertible debt or warrants meet the requirements to be treated as a derivative, ShiftPixy estimates the fair value of the derivative liability using
the  lattice-based  option  valuation  model  upon  the  date  of  issuance.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  derivative  liability  is  higher  than  the  face  value  of  the
convertible debt, the excess is immediately recognized as interest expense. Otherwise, the fair value of the derivative is recorded as a liability with an
offsetting  amount  recorded  as  a  debt  discount,  which  offsets  the  carrying  amount  of  the  debt.  The  derivative  liability  is  revalued  at  the  end  of  each
reporting  period  and  any  change  in  fair  value  is  recorded  as  a  change  in  fair  value  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  debt  discount  is
amortized  through  interest  expense  over  the  life  of  the  debt.  Derivative  instrument  liabilities  and  the  host  debt  agreements  are  classified  on  the
consolidated balance sheets as current or non-current based on whether settlement of the derivative instrument could be required within twelve months of
the consolidated balance sheet date.

The accounting treatment of derivative financial instruments requires that the Company record the embedded conversion option and warrants at their fair
values as of the inception date of the agreement and at fair value as of each subsequent balance sheet date. Any change in fair value is recorded as non-
operating, non-cash income or expense for each reporting period at each balance sheet date. The Company reassesses the classification of its derivative
instruments at each balance sheet date. If the classification changes as a result of events during the period, the contract is reclassified as of the date of the
event that caused the reclassification.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not
recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. FASB 825 defines fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at
which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties. At August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, the carrying value of
certain financial instruments (cash, accounts receivable and payable, and other financial instruments) approximates fair value due to the short-term nature
of the instruments. Convertible notes approximate fair value based on comparison of terms from similar instruments in the marketplace.

F-10

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The Company measures fair value under a framework that utilizes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements)
and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The three levels of inputs which prioritize the inputs used in measuring fair value
are:

·

·

Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company
has the ability to access.

Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

o

o

o

o

o

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or
liability

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
·

Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The  Company  did  not  have  any  Level  1  or  Level  2  assets  and  liabilities  at August  31,  2019.  The  derivative  liabilities  associated  with  its  March  2019
Convertible Notes (see Note 8), consisted of conversion feature derivatives and warrants at August 31, 2019, are Level 3 fair value measurements.

The  table  below  sets  forth  a  summary  of  the  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  derivative  liabilities  classified  as  Level  3  for  the  year  ended
August 31, 2019:

Conversion
Features

Warrant
Liability    

Total

Balance at August 31, 2018
Initial recognition
Reclassification to equity
Change in fair value
Balance at August 31, 2019

  $

-     

-    $
2,421,000      3,917,000     

- 
6,338,000 
(13,000)
(2,569,000)
904,000    $ 3,756,000 

(3,013,000)    

(13,000)    
444,000    
  $ 2,852,000     

At  August  31,  2019,  the  Company  estimated  the  fair  value  of  the  conversion  feature  derivatives  embedded  in  the  convertible  debentures  based  on
weighted probabilities of assumptions used in the Lattice-based option valuation model. The key valuation assumptions used consists, in part, of the price
of the Company’s common stock, a risk free interest rate based on the average yield (1.76%) of a Treasury note and expected volatility of the Company’s
common stock (100%) all as of the measurement dates, and the various estimated reset exercise prices weighted by probability.

At August 31, 2019, the Company estimated the fair value of the warrant liabilities based on the Lattice-based option valuation model. The key valuation
assumptions used consists, in part, of the price of the Company’s common stock, a risk-free interest rate based on the average yield of a Treasury note
(1.39%) and expected volatility of the Company’s common stock (119%) all as of the measurement dates.

When  the  Company  changes  its  valuation  inputs  for  measuring  financial  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value,  either  due  to  changes  in  current  market
conditions or other factors, it may need to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company
recognizes these transfers at the end of the reporting period that the transfers occur. For the periods ended August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, there
were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between the hierarchy levels.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
      
   
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Advertising Costs

The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  when  incurred. Advertising  costs  incurred  amounted  to  approximately  $1.2  million  and  $0.5  million  for  the
years ended August 31, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Research and Development

During the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company incurred research and development costs of approximately $2.3 million and $4.0 million,
respectively. All costs were related to internally developed and contracted software and related technology for the Company’s HRIS system and related
mobile  application.  In  addition,  $0.9  million  and  $2.8  million  of  software  costs  were  capitalized  for  the  years  ended  August  31,  2019  and  2018,
respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740,
“Income  Taxes.”  Under  FASB  ASC  740  deferred  income  taxes  are  provided  on  a  liability  method  whereby  deferred  tax  assets  are  recognized  for
deductible  temporary  differences  and  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The provision for income taxes represents the tax expense for the period, if any, and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

FASB ASC 740 also provides criteria for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. Under FASB ASC 740, the
impact of an uncertain tax position on the income tax return may only be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained
upon audit by the relevant taxing authority.

Share-Based Compensation

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
At August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has one stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may issue both share and stock option
awards. The Company accounts for this plan under the recognition and measurement principles of ASC 718, Compensation- Stock Compensation, which
requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations
on their fair values. Share grants are valued at the closing market price on the date of issuance which approximates fair value.

For option grants, the grant date fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) pricing model. Option grants are typically
issued with vesting depending on a term of service. For all employee stock options granted, the Company recognizes expense over the requisite service
period over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

The Company’s option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term.
The  expected  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company  since  its  Initial  Public  Offering. Any  changes  in  these  highly  subjective
assumptions significantly impact stock-based compensation expense.

Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ASU 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. Any compensation
cost  previously  recognized  for  an  unvested  award  that  is  forfeited  because  of  a  failure  to  satisfy  a  service  condition  is  reversed  in  the  period  of  the
forfeiture.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Company utilizes FASB ASC 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic loss per share is computed by dividing loss attributable to common stockholders by
the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted loss per share is computed similar to basic loss per share
except that the denominator is increased to include additional common share equivalents available upon exercise of stock options and warrants using the
treasury stock method. Dilutive common share equivalents include the dilutive effect of in-the-money share equivalents, which are calculated based on
the average share price for each period using the treasury stock method, excluding any common share equivalents if their effect would be anti-dilutive.

F-12

 
  
 
 
 
  
Table of Contents

The  table  below  shows  earnings  per  common  share  and  diluted  earnings  per  common  share  and  reconciles  the  numerator  and  denominator  of  both
earnings per common share calculations.

Losses per common share:

Net loss allocated to common shareholders
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic and Fully Diluted net loss per common share

For the year ended
August 31,

2019

2018

  $ (18,727,000)   $(16,823,000)
    32,708,800      28,810,103 
(0.58)
  $

(0.57)   $

Securities that are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common shares, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive are:

Options
Senior Secured Convertible Notes (Note 8)

For the
year
 ended
August 31,
 2019

For the
year
ended
August 31,
2018

    2,029,932      1,343,745 

    19,674,702      4,016,064 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
Warrants
Total potentially dilutive shares

Treasury Stock

    4,296,361      3,778,796 
    26,000,995      9,138,605 

Treasury  stock  represents  shares  of  common  stock  provided  to  the  company  in  satisfaction  of  the  related  party  advance,  described  in  Note  13.  Shares
provided are recorded at cost as treasury stock. The Company intends to retire all treasury stock outstanding as of August 31, 2019 in fiscal 2020. Any
treasury stock retired is recorded to additional paid-in capital, limited to the amount previously credited to additional paid-in capital, if any. Any excess is
charged to accumulated deficit.

Revision of Financial Statements

During 2019, the Company determined that it had improperly calculated the volatility of the Company’s common stock, which had been used to calculate
the  relative  fair  value  of  the  warrants  issued  in  connection  with  the  June  2018  convertible  notes.  This  resulted  in  an  overstatement  of  the  net  carrying
amount of the convertible note by the understatement of the corresponding debt discount with the offset to additional paid-in capital as of February 28,
2019.  The  Company  assessed  the  materiality  of  the  misstatements  in  accordance  with  Staff Accounting  Bulletin  No.99,  “Materiality”  and  No.  108,
“Quantifying Misstatements”, and concluded that  this  error  was  not  qualitatively  material  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheet,  statements  of
operations, statements of cash flows, statement of stockholders’ deficit and net loss for the periods then ended.

The effect of this revision on the line items within the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2018, was as follows:

August 31, 2018

Convertible note, net
Additional Paid-In Capital
Accumulated deficit
Net Loss
Net loss per share – Basic and diluted

Reclassifications

As
Previously
Reported     Adjustments     As Restated  
(985,000)   $ 6,171,000 
1,231,000      18,465,000 
(246,000)     (26,223,000)
(246,000)   $(16,823,000)
(0.58)

  $ 7,156,000     
    17,234,000     
    (25,977,000)    
  $(16,577,000)    
(0.58)    
  $

-    $

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year’s data to confirm to the current year’s presentation. Such reclassifications had no impact on the
Company’s financial condition, operating results, cash flows or stockholder’s equity.

Significant Recent Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which outlines a single comprehensive model
for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including
industry-specific  guidance.  The  core  principle  of  the  revenue  model  is  that  “an  entity  recognizes  revenue  to  depict  the  transfer  of  promised  goods  or
services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.” The
standard  provides  enhancements  to  the  quality  and  consistency  of  how  revenue  is  reported  by  companies,  while  also  improving  comparability  in  the
financial  statements  of  companies  reporting  using  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  or  U.S.  GAAP.  The  new  standard  also  will  require
enhanced revenue disclosures, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively, and improve guidance for multiple-
element  arrangements.  This  accounting  standard  becomes  effective  for  the  Company  for  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2018,  and
interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for annual reporting periods
(including  interim  periods)  beginning  after  December  15,  2016.  This  new  standard  permits  the  use  of  either  the  retrospective  or  cumulative  effect
transition method.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations. The
purpose of this standard is to clarify the implementation of guidance on principal versus agent considerations related to ASU 2014-09. The standard has
the same effective date as ASU 2014-09 described above.

In April  2016,  the  FASB  issued ASU  No.  2016-10,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606):  Identifying  Performance  Obligations  and
Licensing, which provides clarity related to ASU 2014-09 regarding identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation. The standard has
the same effective date as ASU 2014-09 described above.

In  May  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-12:  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606):  Narrow-Scope  Improvements  and  Practical
Expedients,  which  provides  narrow  scope  improvements  and  practical  expedients  related  to ASU  2014-09.  The  purpose  of  this  standard  is  to  clarify
certain narrow aspects of ASU 2014-09, such as assessing the collectability criterion, presentation of sales taxes, and other similar taxes collected from
customers, noncash considerations, contract modifications at transition, completed contracts are transition, and technical correction. The standard has the
same effective date as ASU 2014-09 described above.

F-13

  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20: Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.
The amendments in this standard affect narrow aspects of guidance issued in ASU 2014-09. The standard has the same effective date as ASU 2014-09
described above. Topic 606 is effective for the company beginning with the fiscal year ending August 31, 2020. The Company has evaluated Topic 606
and we plan to utilize the modified retrospective transition method upon the adoption of ASC 606. The Company is still in the process of finalizing its
evaluation for the adoption of ASC 606, however, no material difference is expected.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on leases ASU 2016-02, Leases. The new standard requires that a lessee recognize assets
and liabilities on the balance sheet for leases with terms longer than 12 months. The recognition, measurement and presentation of lease expenses and cash
flows  by  a  lessee  will  depend  on  its  classification  as  a  finance  or  operating  lease.  The  guidance  also  includes  new  disclosure  requirements  providing
information on the amounts recorded in the financial statements.

In March 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-01, which added guidance to ASC 842 that is similar to the guidance in ASC 840-10-55-44 and states that,
for lessors that are not manufacturers or dealers, the fair value of the underlying asset is its cost, less any volume or trade discounts, as long as there isn’t a
significant amount of time between acquisition of the asset and lease commencement. The amendments also clarify that lessors in the scope of ASC 942
must classify principal payments received from sales-type and direct financing leases in investing activities in the statement of cash flows. In addition, the
amendments clarify that entities are not subject to the transition disclosure requirements in ASC 250-10-50-3 related to the effect of an accounting change
on certain interim period financial information.

In  November  2019,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2019-10,  which  provides  a  one-year  deferral  of  the  effective  dates  of  the  new  lease  standard.  The ASU  is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company is
currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statement.

In  June  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-07,  which  simplifies  the  accounting  for  nonemployee  share-based  payment  transactions.  The  amendments
specify that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s
own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. The standard will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, although
early  adoption  is  permitted  (but  no  sooner  than  the  adoption  of  Topic  606).  The  Company  does  not  expect  that  the  adoption  of  this ASU  will  have  a
significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August  2018,  the  FASB  issued ASU  2018-13,  Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820).  The ASU  eliminates  such  disclosures  as  the  amount  of  and
reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The ASU adds new disclosure requirements for Level 3 measurements. This
ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted for any
eliminated or modified disclosures. The Company is evaluating the effect of adopting this new accounting guidance to determine the impact it may have
on the Company’s financial statements.

In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued Accounting  Standards  Update  2016-18,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted  cash  (ASU  2016-18),
which requires companies to include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in cash and cash equivalents when
reconciling beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown in the statement of cash flow. This guidance is effective for fiscal year beginning
after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2016-18 to have a material impact on the
Company’s financial statements.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
Table of Contents

Note 3: Going Concern

As of August 31, 2019, the Company had cash of $1.6 million and a working capital deficiency of $15.9 million. During the year ended August 31, 2019,
the Company used approximately $2.1 million of cash in its operations, consisting of a net loss of $18.7 million, reduced by net non-cash charges and
gains of $10.8 million and working capital changes of $6.0 million. For the most recent quarter ending August 31, 2019, cash flows used in operations
were $0.5 million. The Company has incurred recurring losses resulted in an accumulated deficit of $45 million as of August 31, 2019. These conditions
raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as going concern within one year from issuance date of the financial statements.

The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon generating profitable operations in the future and obtaining additional funds
by way of public or private offering to meet the Company’s obligations and repay its liabilities when they become due. The Company has a recurring
revenue business model that generated $12.4 million of gross profit for the year of which $3.6 million is attributable to the fourth fiscal quarter. On an
annualized basis, a projected twelve-month gross profit based solely on the fourth quarter would be $14.4 million. For the year ended August 31, 2019,
the Company had $22.1 million of operating expenses, of which $1.4 million was non-cash depreciation and share based compensation. Of the remaining
$20.7  million,  $4.9  million  was  for  software  development  and  marketing  related  spending  for  the  HRIS  and  mobile  application  systems,  including
licensing and related salaries and consulting fees, with an additional $1.4 million for legal services, settlements and costs.

The Company’s plans and expectations for the next 12 months include raising additional capital to help fund expansion of its operations, including the
continued development and support of its IT and HR platform and settling its outstanding debt as it comes due. The Company engaged an investment
banking firm to assist the Company in (i) preparing information materials, (ii) advising the Company concerning the structure, price and conditions and
(iii)  organizing  the  marketing  efforts  with  potential  investors  in  connection  with  a  financing  transaction.  With  the  added  development  and  marketing
investment  into  the  mobile  application,  the  Company  anticipates  the  need  to  raise  additional  capital  coupled  with  using  its  actual  cash  position  and
continue leveraging its payables until it reaches breakeven at about 25,000 worksite employees.

Historically, the Company’s principal source of financing has come through the sale of its common stock and issuance of convertible notes. The Company
successfully completed an Initial Public Offering (IPO) on NASDAQ on June 29, 2017, raising a total of $12 million ($10.9 million net of costs). In June
2018, the Company completed a private placement of 8% senior secured convertible notes to institutional investors raising $9 million of gross proceeds
($8.4 million net of costs). In March 2019, the Company completed a private placement of senior secured notes to institutional investors raising $3.75
million ($3.3 million net of costs).

The  Company  believes  that  its  current  cash  position,  along  with  its  revenue  growth  and  the  financing  from  potential  institutional  investors  will  be
sufficient to fund its operations for at least a year from the date these financials are available. If these sources do not provide the capital necessary to fund
the Company’s operations during the next twelve months from the date of this report, the Company may need to curtail certain aspects of its operations or
expansion activities, consider the sale of its assets, or consider other means of financing. The Company can give no assurance that it will be successful in
implementing its business plan and obtaining financing on terms advantageous to the Company or that any such additional financing would be available to
the Company. As such, these conditions raise substantial doubt as to its ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the issuance date of
the financial statements. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments from this uncertainty.

F-15

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 4: Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivables, which represent outstanding gross billings to clients, are reported net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company establishes
an allowance for doubtful accounts based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific accounts and by making a general provision, based
on its past experiences, for other potentially uncollectible amounts. The provision for doubtful accounts during the fiscal years ending August 31, 2019
and 2018 was not material.

The  Company  makes  an  accrual  at  the  end  of  each  accounting  period  for  the  obligations  associated  with  the  earned  but  unpaid  wages  of  its  worksite
employees  and  for  the  accrued  gross  billings  associated  with  such  wages.  These  accruals  are  included  in  unbilled  accounts  receivable.  The  Company
generally requires clients to pay invoices for service fees no later than 1 day prior to the applicable payroll date. As such the Company generally does not
require collateral.

Note 5: Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consisted of the following at August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Equipment
Furniture & fixtures
Software
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation & amortization
Fixed assets, net

  $

August 31,
2019
372,000    $
412,000     
3,737,000     
41,000     
4,562,000     
(1,202,000)    

August 31,
2018
228,000 
329,000 
2,797,000 
41,000 
3,395,000 
(363,000)
  $ 3,360,000    $ 3,032,000 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, was $839,000 and $274,000, respectively.

Software consists primarily of customized software purchased from third party providers and which is incorporated into the Company’s HRIS platform
and related mobile application.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Information related to capitalized software costs is as follows:

Software costs capitalized
Software costs amortized
Software costs, Net

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

  $ 3,737,000    $ 2,797,000 
(190,000)
  $ 2,833,000    $ 2,607,000 

(904,000)    

The  Company  has  evaluated  certain  development  costs  of  its  software  solution  in  accordance  with ASC  Topic  350-40,  Internal  Use  Software,  which
outlines  the  stages  of  computer  software  development  and  specifies  when  capitalization  of  costs  is  required.  Projects  that  are  determined  to  be  in  the
development stage are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives of five years. Projects that are determined to be within the preliminary stage are
expensed  as  incurred.  For  the  years  ended August  31,  2019  and  2018  no  internally  developed  software  was  capitalized. A  substantial  portion  of  the
capitalized software is attributable to a third party with whom the Company is in litigation. The Company evaluated the asset value as of August 31, 2019
and determined that no asset impairment is required for this customized third party software.

Amortization  expense  included  in  the  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  disclosed  above  for  the  years  ended  August  31,  2019  and  2018,  was
$714,000  and  $190,000,  respectively.  The  weighted  average  remaining  life  of  amortizable  software  assets  was  3.56  years  as  August  31,  2019.
Amortization expense for capitalized software is expected to approximate the following for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

2020
2021
2022
2023
2024

Note 6: Workers Compensation

  Amount

814,000 
814,000 
744,000 
458,000 
3,000 

The  Company  has  two  workers  compensation  programs  in  effect  during  the  years  ended August  31,  2019  and  2018.  The  Everest  program  covered
corporate and worksite employees from July 1, 2017 until June 30, 2018 and the SUNZ program covered corporate and worksite employees since July 1,
2018. The following table summarizes the workers’ compensation deposit for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2017
Premiums paid
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2018
Premiums paid

Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Deposit refund
Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2019
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2019

SUNZ

 Program    

Everest
Program    
  $ 2,335,000     
(819,000)    

Total
-    $ 2,335,000 
(819,000)
-     
-      2,386,000      2,386,000 
(28,000)
-     
  $ 1,516,000      2,358,000    $ 3,874,000 
(144,000)

(144,000)    

(28,000)    

-     

(1,223,000)    

-      7,730,000      7,730,000 
(1,999,000)
(149,000)     (1,850,000)    
(1,223,000)
-     
-      8,238,000    $ 8,238,000 
(1,957,000)
-      (1,957,000)    
-      6,281,000    $ 6,281,000 

  $

  $

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the accrued workers’ compensation liability for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2017
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2018
Claim loss development
Paid in losses
Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2019
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2019

  $

  $

  $

  $

Note 7: Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities

Accrued payroll liabilities consisted of the following at August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Everest
Program    
-     
572,000     
-     
572,000     

SUNZ

Program    
-     

Total

- 
662,000    $ 1,234,000 
(28,000)
(28,000)    
634,000    $ 1,206,000 
-      7,129,000      7,129,000 
(149,000)     (1,850,000)    
(1,999,000)
423,000      5,913,000    $ 6,336,000 
(159,000)     (1,798,000)    
(1,957,000)
264,000      4,115,000    $ 4,379,000 

Accrued Payroll
Accrued Payroll Taxes
Corporate employee accrued paid time off
Accrued Payroll and related liabilities

August 31,
2019

August 31,
2018

  $ 7,812,000    $ 4,522,000 
4,609,000 
346,000 
  $ 16,412,000    $ 9,477,000 

8,201,000     
399,000     

Accrued payroll and accrued payroll taxes represent payroll liabilities associated with its client worksite employees as well as corporate employees of the
Company.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 8: Senior Secured Convertible Notes Payable (in default)

The  Company  has  issued  three  series  of  senior  secured  convertible  notes  payable.  In  general,  each  series  is  convertible  into  common  shares  of  the
Company. Senior Secured Convertible Notes Payable consist of the following:

Senior Secured Convertible notes, Principal
Less debt discount and deferred financing costs
Total outstanding convertible notes, net
Less current portion of convertible notes payable
Long-term convertible notes payable

  August 31,     August 31,  

2019

2018

(3,457,000)    

  $ 6,808,000    $ 10,000,000 
(3,829,000)
  $ 3,351,000    $ 6,171,000 
(6,171,000)
    3,351,000)    
- 
-    $
  $

The following table rolls forward the Convertible Notes Payable balances from August 31, 2018 to August 31, 2019:

Balance at August 31, 2018
Issuance of Notes Payable
Conversion of Principal into Equity
Amortization of Interest Expense
Repayment of Principal in cash
Balance at August 31, 2019
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2019

Gross

 Principal    
  $ 10,000,000     
    5,639,000     
(8,395,000)    
-     
(436,000)    
  $ 6,808,000     
(6,808,000)    
-     

  $

Net

Note
Discount

Deferred
 Financing
Costs
(617,000)     (3,212,000)   $ 6,171,000 
404,000 
(485,000)     (4,750,000)    
(8,395,000)
-     
758,000      4,849,000      5,607,000 
(436,000)
(344,000)     (3,113,000)   $ 3,351,000 
(3,351,000)
344,000      3,113,000     
- 
-    $

-     

-     

-     

-     

The following table outlines the gross principal balance rollforward for each series from August 31, 2018 to August 31, 2019. Each series is described in
further detail below.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
Gross Balance at August 31, 2018
Issuance of Notes Payable
Repayment of Principal in cash
Conversion of Principal into Equity
Gross Balance at August 31, 2019

Less Discount and Debt Issuance Costs:
Debt Issuance Costs
Deferred Financing Costs
Carrying Balance at August 31, 2019
Less Current Amount
Long Term Balance at August 31, 2019

June 2018
Notes

  $ 10,000,000     
-     
(436,000)    
(8,098,000)    
  $ 1,466,000     

December
2018 Notes

March 2019
 Notes

-     

Total
-    $ 10,000,000 
5,639,000 
889,000      4,750,000     
(436,000)
-     
-     
(22,000)    
(8,395,000)
(275,000)    
867,000      4,475,000    $ 6,808,000 

(27,000)    
(5,000)    
  $ 1,434,000     
(1,434,000)    
-     

  $

-     
-     

(344,000)
(317,000)    
(3,113,000)
(3,108,000)    
867,000      1,050,000    $ 3,351,000 
(3,351,000)
(1,050,000)    
(867,000)    
- 
-    $
-     

During the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018 the Company amortized $5,607,000 and $951,000, respectively, to interest expense from the combined
amortization of deferred financing costs and note discounts recorded at issuance for the June 2018 and March 2019 Notes.

During  the  year  ended August  31,  2019,  investors  converted  $8,395,000  of  principal  and  $509,000  of  interest  expense  into  approximately  6.9  million
shares  of  common  stock  of  the  company.  The  Company  has  been  converting  the  convertible  notes  in  its  shares  of  common  stock  at  a  fifteen  percent
(15%)  discount  to  the  lowest  volume  weighted  average  price  (“VWAP”)  whereas  the  terms  of  the  agreement  state  that  such  discount  to  the  original
conversion price of $2.49 should have been initiated on or after the maturity date of the convertible notes or September 4, 2019. The accounting standards
require  the  recognition  through  earnings  of  an  inducement  charge  equal  to  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration  delivered  in  excess  of  the  consideration
issuable under the original conversion terms. Included in the 6.9 million shares issued for the 2019 conversions were approximately 2.7 million shares
valued at $3.9 million on the date of issuance at fair value and issued related to consideration delivered in excess of the consideration issuable under the
original conversion terms. This resulted in a non-cash charge of $3.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2019 recorded as loss on debt extinguishment
in the statement of operations. There were no conversions of convertible notes during fiscal 2018.

F-19

 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
      
      
      
  
   
   
   
 
 
  
Table of Contents

On  June  3,  2019,  one  of  its  institutional  investors  filed  claim  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Southern  District  of  New  York  seeking  preliminary
injunctive  relief  against  the  Company  to  immediately  deliver  one  million  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  to  honor  all  future  conversion
requests duly submitted in accordance with the terms of the notes.

On June 7, 2019, and June 10, 2019, the Company received notices from two of its institutional investors that the Company was in default due to missed
principal and interest payments under the terms of the Notes. On June 27, 2019, the Company reported that is has informed its convertible note holders
that it will cease honoring conversion requests of the 2018 and 2019 Notes forcing a voluntary default of these instruments. The Company is pursuing a
renegotiation and amendment of these instruments in an effort to avoid litigation. The Company is requesting to amend the terms of the notes to remove
the conversion features and revise the cash amortization, among other items.

See also Note 13 for litigation related to the Convertible Notes Payable. 

From June 10, 2019 until year end, the Company has accrued interest at the default interest rate for all note series representing approximately $0.3 million
of additional interest payable. The Company has accrued an additional $1.8 million to accrued default liabilities as of August 31, 2019 and charged to a
loss on note default on the statement of operations for the year ending August 31, 2019, representing potential liability associated with the default of the
notes payable for default premium, potential liquidating damages, and other costs associated with the notes in default.

June 2018 Senior Convertible Notes (in default)

On June 4, 2018, the Company issued $10 million of senior convertible notes (“June 2018 Notes”) to institutional investors with an original issue discount
of $1 million for a purchase price of $9 million. The notes bear interest at a rate of 8%, with one year’s interest guaranteed, and have a maturity date of
September 4, 2019. The Notes remain outstanding as of November 22, 2019. The company received cash proceeds of $8.4 million representing the $9
million purchase price, reduced by approximately $0.6 million of financing costs directly related to the issuance of the June 2018 Notes.

Concurrent  with  the  sale  of  the  June  2018  Notes,  the  Company  granted  warrants  to  purchase  1,004,016  shares  of  common  stock  to  its  institutional
investors and warrants to purchase 216,867 shares of common stock to its investment banker as placement fees, at an exercise price of $2.49, subject to
down round price protection adjustment, as defined in the agreements. The warrants were valued at the date of issuance using the lattice-based option

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
pricing model at $2.17 per warrant. Both the June 2018 Notes and the related warrants were issued with registration rights, whereby the Company was
obligated to register the shares underlying the June 2018 Notes or was subject to registration rights penalties. During the year ended August 31, 2018, the
Company  accrued  a  loss  of  $3,500,000  for  penalties  associated  with  the  registration  rights  penalties.  With  the  issuance  of  the  December  2018  Notes
described  below,  the  Company  reduced  the  loss  accrual  to  $889,000  and  recorded  a  gain  of  $2,611,000  to  the  statement  of  operations  during  the  year
ended August 31, 2019. Combined with the $1.8 million loss described above for the 2019 default loss estimate resulted in a net gain of $811,000 for the
year ended August 31, 2019.

The terms of June 2018 notes are summarized as follows:

·
·
·
·

·

Term: September 4, 2019;
Coupon: 8%; Default interest rate: 18%;
Convertible at the option of the holder at any time;
Conversion price is initially set at $2.49 but subject to down round price protection. After maturity, the conversion price will be set subsequently at
the  lesser  of  the  then  conversion  price  and  85%  of  the  volume  weighted  average  price  for  the  trading  date  immediately  prior  to  the  application
conversion date; and
Monthly amortization of principal either in cash at a 10% premium or in stock, subject to equity conditions, at a 15% discount to the lowest volume
weighted average price, at the option of the Company.

F-20

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Debt issuance costs

The Company paid approximately $0.8 million of incremental issuance costs directly attributable to the issuance of the senior secured convertible notes.
These costs were recorded as a discount to the convertible notes and they are amortized straight line over the term to interest expense, which approximates
the effective interest method.

Debt Discount

During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company recorded an aggregate debt discount of $4.1 million for the June 2018 Notes. The debt discount
includes an initial $1 million resulting from the original issuance discount on the convertible notes and an initial $2.2 million resulting from the fair value
of the warrants and $0.9 million resulting from the beneficial conversion feature on the non-detachable conversion option. The Company evaluated the
warrants and determined that the warrants did not qualify for derivative accounting as the warrants contained a set exercise price with an adjustment only
based upon customary items including stock dividends and splits, subsequent rights offering and pro rata distributions and subject to down round price
protection. The Company reviewed the guidance under ASC 470 Debt and allocated the proceeds from the sale of a debt instrument with stock purchase
warrants based on the relative fair values of the debt instrument without the warrants and of the warrants themselves at time of issuance. As a result, the
Company  allocated  $2.2  million  to  the  warrants  and  was  recorded  as  a  debt  discount  with  an  offset  to  additional  paid  in  capital  in  the  accompanying

 
 
 
 
 
financial statements.

The Company valued the issued warrants using the Lattice pricing model at $1.32 per warrant with the following assumptions: dividend yield of zero,
years to maturity of 5 years, risk free rates of 2.78 percent, and annualized volatility of 122%. The debt discount is amortized straight-line over the stated
life of the obligation, which approximates the effective interest method. Any conversions results in a pro-rata acceleration of unamortized debt discount
and debt issuance costs to interest expense on the date of conversion.

Event of default – August 2018

At  the  June  2018  issuance,  the  Company  executed  registration  rights  agreements  with  each  of  its  institutional  investors.  These  registration  rights
agreements require, among other things, that the initial registration statement should be (a) filed within 30 days of June 4, 2018, and (b) declared effective
within 90 days of June 4, 2018. The Company’s registration statement was filed on October 1, 2018 and it was declared effective by the SEC on October
29, 2018; thus, both the filing and effectiveness deadlines were missed.

The  Company  recorded  in  its  consolidated  financial  statements  the  mandatory  default  amount  as  stipulated  in  the  convertible  note  agreements. As  of
August  31,  2018,  the  Company  recorded  approximately  $3.5  million,  which  is  reported  under  current  liabilities  in  its  consolidated  statement  of
operations, and a further $0.6 million of accrued interest.

On December 20, 2018, the Company entered into settlement agreements with its institutional investors, which resolved all disputes relating to technical
defaults by the Company in failing to meet deadlines for filing a registration statement and for having a registration statement effective by the SEC. As a
result  of  such  settlement,  the  Company  increased  the  principal  amount  of  the  convertible  notes  by  issuing  $889,000  of  December  2018  Notes  in  full
settlement  of  the  previously  accrued  $3.5  million  default.  The  Company  accrued  an  additional  $1.8  million  in  liquidating  damages  and  recognized  an
$811,000 gain on recovery of these accrued penalties.

December 2018 Notes (in default)

On December 20, 2018, the Company entered into settlement agreements with its institutional investors, which resolved all disputes relating to technical
defaults by the Company in failing to meet deadlines for filing a registration statement and for having a registration statement effective by the SEC. As a
result of such settlement, the Company issued additional notes (“December 2018 Notes” in the amount of $889,000 on substantially the same terms as the
June 2018 Notes except that the stated interest rate was 0% and the term of the December 2018 Notes was December 31, 2019. There was no recorded
discount or deferred financing costs for the December 2018 Notes issued.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

March 2019 Bridge Financing (in default)

On  March  12,  2019,  the  Company  issued  convertible  notes  in  the  principal  amount  of  $4,750,000  with  an  original  issue  discount  of  $1  million  for  a
purchase price of $3,750,000 to certain of its existing institutional investors (“March 2019 Notes”) and mature on September 12, 2020. The Company
received net cash proceeds of $3.3 million to be used for mobile application development and working capital. The Company incurred approximately $0.5
million of debt issuance costs that are incremental costs directly related to the issuance of the bridge financing senior convertible notes payable.

The terms of the March 2019 convertible notes are summarized as follows:

·
·
·
·
·
·

·

·

·

Term: September 12, 2020;
Coupon: 0%;
Default interest rate: 18%;
Original issue discount: $1,000,000;
Convertible at the option of the holder at any time;
Initial conversion price is set at $1.67 but subject to down round price protection;

Alternate conversion price at the greater of the floor price of $0.31 and the lower of the conversion price in effect and alternate conversion
percentage of the lowest VWAP of the common share during the 10 consecutive trading day prior to the applicable conversion date;
Alternate conversion percentage is 75% if the alternate conversion is an alternate conversion event of default as a result of bankruptcy or 80%
for all alternate event of default conversion or 85% is such alternate conversion is an alternate optional conversion;
Redemption at the option of the Company at 15% premium at any time after 45 days from March 12, 2019.

In connection with the note, the Company issued 2,975,478 warrants (“March 2019 Warrants”), exercisable at $1.75, with a five-year term. The Company
evaluated the warrants issued and determined that they were derivative liabilities. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants using the Lattice
pricing  model.  The  key  valuation  assumptions  used  consist,  in  part,  of  the  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  of  $1.59,  a  risk-free  interest  rate  of
2.49% and expected volatility of the Company’s common stock of 122%, resulting in a fair value of $3,917,000.

The Company estimated the aggregate fair value of the conversion feature derivative embedded in the debenture (“March 2019 Conversion Feature”) at
issuance at $2,421,000 based on weighted probabilities of assumptions using the Lattice pricing model. The key valuation assumptions used consist, in
part, of the price of the Company’s common stock of $1.59, a risk-free interest rate of 2.49% and expected volatility of the Company’s common stock of

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
122%, and the various estimated reset exercise prices weighted by probability.

This resulted in the calculated fair value of the debt discount resulted from bifurcating the warrants and the conversion feature being greater than the face
amount of the debt and the original issue discount, and the excess amount of $2.6 million was immediately expensed as financing costs.

F-22

 
 
Table of Contents

March 2019 Derivative Liabilities:

Both the March 2019 Warrants and the March 2019 Conversion Feature are accounted for as derivative liabilities. As such, each derivative is marked to

 
 
 
market at each reporting date. Prior to March 2019, the Company had no derivative liabilities. The following table provides the activity for the Company’s
derivative liabilities for the year ended August 31, 2019.

March 2019
Conversion
 Feature

March
2019
Warrant
 Liability    

Total

Balance at August 31, 2018
Initial recognition
Reclassification to equity
Change in fair value
Balance at August 31, 2019

-     

-    $

- 
  $
    2,421,000      3,917,000      6,338,000 
(13,000)
(3,069,000)
904,000    $ 3,256,000 

(13,000)    
444,000     (3,013,000)    

  $ 2,852,000     

The Company used the following assumptions to estimate fair value of the derivatives as of August 31, 2019, using the default rate of 75% of market price
as a conversion price:

Risk free rate
Market price per share
Life of instrument in years
Volatility
Dividend yield

F-23

March 2019
Conversion
Feature

March 2019
Warrant
 Liability  

  $

1.76%   
0.476 
  $
1.04 
100%   
0%   

1.39%
0.476 
4.47 
119%
0%

 
 
 
   
 
   
      
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

Note 9: Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock

In September 2016, the Company issued options to purchase preferred stock at $0.0001 per share. This issuance was approved by its shareholders. The
number of options is equal to the lesser of (a) the number of shares of common stock held by such shareholder on September 28, 2016, which accounts
for approximately 25.6 million shares, or (b) the number of shares of common stock held by such shareholder on date of the shareholder’s exercise of the
aforesaid  option.  The  preferred  stock  that  is  the  subject  of  such  contingent  option  provides  a  right  to  elect  a  majority  of  the  directors  on  the  Board  of
Directors of the Corporation and does not include any rights to dividends, conversion to shares of common stock, or preference upon liquidation of the
Corporation. The contingent option is exercisable only upon the acquisition of a 20% or greater voting interest in the Corporation by a party other than the
founding shareholders, or prior to any proposed merger, consolidation (in which the Corporation’s common stock is changed or exchanged), or sale of at
least 50% of the Corporation’s assets or earning power (other than a reincorporation). The right to exercise the option terminates on December 31, 2023.

Common Shares

During  the  year  ended August  31,  2019,  the  Company  issued  267,500  shares  of  common  stock  following  the  exercise  of  warrants  and  received  gross
proceeds of $660,000. During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company issued 37,500 shares of common stock following the exercise of warrants
with an exercise price of $2 and received gross proceeds of $75,000.

As  described  more  fully  in  Note  8,  during  the  year  ended August  31,  2019,  the  Company  issued  6,963,235  shares  of  common  stock  in  satisfaction  of
principal and accrued interest following conversion of convertible notes into shares of common stock.

Issuances of common shares to directors for services

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  awards  shares  of  common  stock  to  its  independent  directors  under  its  2017  Stock  Option  /  Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  as
compensation for their services as directors. These awards are typically valued at market value on the date of the award. For the year ended August 31,
2019 the Company issued 199,373 shares valued at $263,000 to its directors.

F-24

 
 
Table of Contents

Treasury Stock

In June 2019, the Company advanced $325,000 in cash to Steven Holmes, a significant shareholder and service provider to the Company. In July 2019,

 
 
 
Mr. Holmes repaid the advance by returning 558,132 shares of Mr. Holmes common share holdings, valued at $0.582 per share in full settlement of the
advance and which was the market value on the date of settlement. The shares were retired in fiscal 2019 in accordance with company policy. See also
Note 11.

Common Stock Warrants

During the year ended August 31, 2018, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,220,883 shares of common stock to investors in connection with the
senior secured convertible notes, with exercise price of $2.49 per warrant with expiration date of 5 years and subject to down round price protection and
reset the warrant price to $1.75 in 2019 concurrent with the March 2019 Note financing warrant issuance. The Company valued the warrants at issuance
using the Lattice option-pricing model with the following assumptions: dividend yield of zero, years to maturity of 5 years, risk free rates of 2.78 percent,
and  annualized  volatility  of  120%.  The  Company  valued  the  revised  warrants  on  March  12,  2019  using  the  Lattice  option-pricing  model  with  the
following assumptions: dividend yield of zero, years to maturity of 4.2 years, risk free rates of 2.41 percent, and annualized volatility of 122%.

During the year ended August 31, 2019, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,975,478 shares of common stock in connection with the March 2019
Notes, with exercise price of $1.75 per warrant with expiration date of 5 years. The Company valued the issued warrants using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing  model  at  $1.32  per  warrant  with  the  following  assumptions:  dividend  yield  of  zero,  years  to  maturity  of  5  years,  risk  free  rates  of  2.49%,  and
annualized volatility of 122%. The fair value of the warrants issued were incorporated into the financing loss and March 2019 Notes discount described in
Note 8 above.

The following tables summarize the Company’s warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2017
Issued
(Exercised)
(Cancelled)
(Expired)
Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2018
Issued
(Exercised)
(Cancelled)
(Expired)
Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2019

The following table summarizes information about warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2019:

Weighted
 average
 remaining
life (years)    

Weighted
average
exercise
price

1.5    $
5.3    $
1.2     
-     
-     
2.13    $
5.0    $
0.45     
-     
-     
4.42    $

2.99 
2.49 
2.00 
- 
- 
2.84 
1.75 
2.47 
- 
2.87 
1.87 

Number of
shares
    2,595,413     
    1,220,883     
(37,500)    
-     
-     
    3,778,796     
    2,975,478     
(267,500)    
-     
(2,190,413)    
    4,296,361     

March 2019 Notes Warrants
June 2018 Notes Warrants
2017 PIPE Warrants

  $
  $
  $

F-25

Weighted
 average
 life of
outstanding
warrants in
 years

4.6 
3.8 
2.9 
4.4 

Exercise
price

Warrants
Outstanding    
2,975,478     
1,220,883     
100,000     
4,296,361     

1.75     
1.75     
6.90     

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
      
 
Table of Contents

Note 10: Share based compensation

In  March  2017,  the  Company  adopted  the  2017  Stock  Option  /  Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,
officers, directors and consultants in the form of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NQs”), each of which is exercisable into
shares of common stock (“Options”) or shares of common stock (“share grants”). The Company has reserved a total of 10,000,000 shares of common
stock for issuance under the Plan as of August 31, 2019.

Of  these  shares,  as  of August  31,  2019,  approximately  3.3  million  options  and  0.3  million  shares  have  been  designated  by  the  Board  of  Directors  for
issuance and approximately 1.3 million of the options have been forfeited and returned to the option pool under the Plan due to employment terminations.
As of August 31, 2019, approximately 7.8 million shares remain issuable of which 6.7 million are eligible to be issued as ISOs and 7.8 million are eligible
to be issued as either share grants or NQ stock options.

During 2018 and 2019 both common share grants and stock options were issued to employees and non-officer directors of the Company. Shares issued for
services for 2019 and 2018 consist solely of grants to non-officer directors.

For all options granted thus far to August 31, 2019, each option is immediately exercisable and has a term of service vesting provision over a period of
time  as  follows:  25%  vest  after  a  12-month  service  period  following  the  award,  and  the  balance  vest  in  equal  monthly  installments  over  the  next  36
months of service. All options granted to date have a ten year term.

Share grants are issued at fair value, considered to be the market price on the grant date. The fair value of option awards is estimated on the grant date
using the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model and the following assumptions:

Expected life
Estimated volatility
Risk-free interest rate

Dividends

2019
4.0 years 

119%   

1.70%-

2.90 % 
- 

2018
4.0 years 

121%

2.01%-

2.83 %
- 

Estimates  of  fair  value  are  not  intended  to  predict  actual  future  events  or  the  value  ultimately  realized  by  employees  who  receive  equity  awards,  and
subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made by us.

Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ASU 2016-09, the Company elected to account for forfeitures as they occur. Any compensation
cost  previously  recognized  for  an  unvested  award  that  is  forfeited  because  of  a  failure  to  satisfy  a  service  condition  is  reversed  in  the  period  of  the
forfeiture.

F-26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
     
 
 
Table of Contents

Share based compensation expense consisted of the following for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018:

Year ended
August 31,
 2019

Shares issued for services
Employee stock options
Balance at August 31, 2019

  $

  $

263,000    $
369,000     
632,000    $

Year ended
August 31,
2018
163,000 
200,000 
363,000 

At August 31, 2019, the total unrecognized deferred share-based compensation expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting
periods of 1.7 years for outstanding grants was $1.6 million.

A summary of option activity was as follows:

Balance, August 31, 2017
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance, August 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at August 31, 2019

  Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
    Weighted    
    Average     Weighted  

  Number     Remaining     Average
    Contractual    Exercise

of

  Options

Life

Price

(In years)    

790,000     
948,745     
–     
(390,000)    
    1,348,745     
    1,442,903     
–     
(761,716)    
    2,029,932     

9.58    $
10.0    $
–    $
8.49    $
9.77    $
10.0    $
–    $
8.06    $
8.95    $

4.62 
2.64 
– 
3.87 
3.45 
1.59 
– 
2.78 
2.38 

Options outstanding as of August 31, 2019 and 2018 had aggregate intrinsic value of $575,000 and $1,000 respectively.

Option vesting activity was as follows:

Options Vested

Balance, August 31, 2017
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance, August 31, 2018
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance at August 31, 2019

    Weighted     Weighted  

  Number     Remaining     Average
    Contractual    Exercise

of

  Options

Life

Price

(In years)    

--     
214,548     
–     
(34,027)    
180,521     
296,394     
–     
(65,302)    
411,613     

--    $
8.83    $
–    $
8.54    $
8.57    $
–    $
–    $
8.10    $
8.04    $

- 
4.62 
– 
4.43 
4.56 
3.43 
– 
4.11 
3.82 

F-27

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
    
    
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and vested at August 31, 2019:

  Options Outstanding and Exercisable
    Weighted    
    Average
  Number     Remaining     Average
    Contractual     Exercise

of

    Weighted    

Options Vested

    Weighted     Weighted  

    Number     Remaining     Average
    Contractual     Exercise

of

Exercise Prices

  Options

Life

Price

    Options

Life

Price

$0.47-1.00
$1.01–$2.00
$2.01–$3.00
$3.01–$4.00
$4.01-$9.79

(In years)    

(In years)    

325,000     
630,405     
514,527     
505,000     
55,000     
    2,029,932     

9.77    $
9.59    $
8.67    $
8.04    $
7.88    $
8.95    $

0.56     
1.29     
2.60     
3.88     
9.79     
2.38     

–     
–     
168,071     
214,896     
28,646     
411,613     

–    $
–    $
8.63    $
7.60    $
7.88    $
8.04    $

– 
– 
2.63 
3.96 
9.79 
3.82 

Note 11: Related Parties

Scott Absher, Chief Executive Officer, Director, and a significant shareholder of the Company became a Company employee on April 1, 2016. During the
year ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $750,000 and $750,000, respectively as compensation for his role as CEO in accordance
with  his  employment  agreement.  On  March  15,  2017,  Scott Absher  was  granted  50,000  options  to  purchase  common  stock  as  part  of  the  2017  Plan,
exercisable on March 15, 2017, with expiration date of March 14, 2027, at an exercise price of $4.00.

J. Stephan Holmes is an advisor to and a significant shareholder of the Company. The Company incurred $720,000 and $700,000 in such professional fees
to J. Stephen Holmes for management consulting services for the year ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively and recorded in professional fees on
the  statement  of  operations.  On  March  15,  2017,  Stephan  Holmes  was  granted  50,000  options  to  purchase  common  stock  as  part  of  the  2017  Plan,
exercisable on March 15, 2017, with expiration date of March 14, 2027, at an exercise price of $4.00.

In June 2019 the Company advanced Mr. Holmes $325,000 in cash and recorded the advance as a short term note receivable. In July 2019, Mr. Holmes
provided 558,132 shares of common stock of the Company valued at $0.58 per share in satisfaction of the cash advance.

On May 15, 2017, Mark Absher, Director, In-House Counsel, and brother of Scott Absher, was granted 50,000 options to purchase common stock as part
of the 2017 Plan, exercisable on March 15, 2017 with expiration date of March 14, 2027, at an exercise price of $4.00. On May 10, 2018, Mark Absher
was also granted an additional 50,000 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $2.50 and exercisable in May 2018 with expiration date in
May 2028. During the year ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $275,000 and $300,000, respectively as compensation for his role as
Registered  In-House  Counsel  in  accordance  with  his  employment  agreement.  Mark Absher  resigned  in  February  2019  and  all  options  granted  were
cancelled during the fiscal year ending August 31, 2019.

For the year ended August 31, 2019 the following issuances were made to the Company’s directors:

Ken Weaver
Ken Weaver
Ken Weaver
Sean Higgins
Sean Higgins
Whitney White
Whitney White

Date Issued
August 2019
May 2019
November 2018
September 2018
April 2019
September 2018
April 2019

Shares

Issue Price
 per Share

79,788   $
48,077   $
12,296   $
13,158   $
16,448   $
13,158   $
16,448   $
199,373

0.47 (A)  $
0.78 (B)
3.05 (C)
2.85 (D)  
2.28 (E)
2.85 (D)  
2.28 (E)

  $

Value

37,500  
37,500  
37,500  
37,500  
37,500  
37,500  
37,500
262,500

_____________ 
(A) Represents share grant for services performed between June 1, 2019 and November 30, 2019 and awarded in August 2019.

(B) Represents share grant for services performed between December 1, 2019 and May 31, 2019 and awarded in May 2019.

(C) Represents  share  grant  for  services  performed  between  June  1,  2018  and  November  30,  2018  and  awarded  by  the  Board  of  Directors  in August

2018.

(D) On September 28, 2017 the Company awarded two directors 26,316 shares of common stock of which 50% vested on the date marking their six-

month service anniversary and 50% for the remaining service through November 28, 2018.

(E) Represents share grant for services performed between September 29, 2018 and March 28, 2019 and awarded in March 2019

F-28

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Table of Contents

Note 12: Income Taxes

Current income taxes are based upon the year’s income taxable for federal and state tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes (benefits) are provided
for certain income and expenses, which are recognized in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in
taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to affect
taxable income. The Company’s deferred income taxes arise from the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax recognition of
net operating losses. These loss carryovers would be limited under the Internal Revenue Code should a significant change in ownership occur within a
three-year period.

As  of  August  31,  2019,  and  2018,  the  Company  had  cumulative  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  approximately  $30,686,000  and  $26,673,000
respectively,  which  begin  to  expire  in  2029.  The  deferred  tax  assets  primarily  comprise  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  other  net  temporary
deductible  differences  such  as  stock-based  compensation,  deferred  rent,  depreciation  and  workers’  compensation  accrual.  The  ultimate  realization  of
deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.
Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this
assessment. Based on management’s analysis, they concluded that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax asset would not be realized. Therefore,
the  Company  established  a  full  valuation  allowance  against  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  in  2019  and  2018  was
approximately $5,159,000 and $3,493,000, respectively.

Significant components of the net deferred tax assets as reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Software development costs
Total deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward
Business interest
Workers’ compensation accruals
Stock-based compensation
Deferred rent
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax assets

Income tax expense consists of the following

Current

Federal
State

Total current

Deferred

Federal
State

Total deferred

Change in valuation allowance
Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

F-29

August 31,

2019

2018

in thousands

  $

(122,000)   $
(845,000)    
(967,000)    

(21,000)
(835,000)
(856,000)

9,157,000     
2,539,000     
1,763,000     
354,000     
15,000     
    13,828,000     
    (12,861,000)    
967,000    $ 
  $ 

8,010,000 
- 
360,000 
172,000 
16,000 
8,558,000 
(7,702,000)
856,000 

  $

-    $

For the Year Ended
August 31,

2019

2018

  $

-    $
-     
-     

- 

- 
- 
- 

4,422,000     
737,000     
5,159,000     

2,994,000 
499,000 
3,493,000 
  $ (5,159,000)   $ (3,493,000)
- 
-    $ 
  $ 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
   
 
Table of Contents

The reconciliation of the statutory federal rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

  August 31,     August 31,  

2019

2018

Pre-tax book loss
Non-deductible penalties and other permanent differences
State taxes (8.84%)
Redetermination of prior year taxes
Enactment of the 2017 Tax Reform Act
Change in valuation allowance
Net income tax provision

(430,000)    

  $ 3,933,000    $ 4,145,000 
(177,000)
    1,656,000      1,466,000 
- 
-     
(1,941,000)
-     
(3,493,000)
(5,159,000)    
- 
-    $

  $

In December 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, which reduces the U.S. statutory corporate tax rate from a maximum rate of 35% to 21% for
the tax years beginning after December 31, 2017. For a corporation whose fiscal year begins before December 31, 2017 and ends after December 31,
2017, the IRS has issued guidance, in notice 2018-38, regarding the calculation of a blended current year tax rate. The Company followed this guidance in
the calculation of the prior year tax benefit for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. The Calculation resulted in a 25% effective tax rate for fiscal year
2018. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act resulted in the re-measurement of the federal portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets and valuation allowance as of
August 31, 2018 from 35% to the new 21% tax rate. As a result, the reduction of the corporate tax rate resulted in a write-down of the gross deferred tax
assets of approximately $1,277,000 and a corresponding write-down of the valuation allowance.

The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. As of August 31, 2019,
and 2018, the Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s net operating losses (“NOL”) may be limited by the provisions of IRC Section 382, for which the Company has not performed an analysis
of the potential limitations. These limitations will be imposed when the Company attains  taxable  income  against  which  the  NOL  will  be  utilized.  The
company  had  a  NOL  of  $3,843,000  during  the  period  ending August  31,  2019.  This  NOL  has  an  indefinite  life  but  are  limited  to  80%. As  explained
above,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  Company’s  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  NOL  Carryforwards  will  not  be
utilized.

The Company is subject to taxation in the U.S. The tax years for 2016 and forward are subject to examination by tax authorities. The Company is not
currently under examination by any tax authority.

Management has evaluated tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740, and has not identified any tax positions, other than those discussed above,
that require disclosure.

Note 13: Commitments and Contingencies

Software License

The Company licenses software from a third party for utilization in its mobile application and HRIS system. The license agreement is for three years and
contains an annual escalation beginning in May 2020. The license is month to month and is cancelable but is subject to a cancellation penalty calculated as
30% of the remaining contracted license payments if cancelled by the Company. Future minimum license payments under the license agreement at August
31, 2019, are as follows:

Years ended August 31,
2020
2021
2022
Total minimum payments

Operating Lease

  $
922,000 
    1,015,000 
817,000 
  $ 2,754,000 

Effective April  15,  2016,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-cancelable  five-year  operating  lease  for  its  Irvine  facility.  On  July  25,  2017,  the  Company
entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for expansion space at its Irvine offices with a termination date that coincides with the termination date of
the  prior  lease  and  extended  the  terms  of  the  original  lease  to  extend  until  2022.  The  leases  for  certain  facilities  contain  escalation  clauses  relating  to
increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2019, are as follows:

 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
Years ended August 31,

2020
2021
2022
Total minimum payments

Non-contributory 401(k) Plan

  $

382,000 
382,000 
319,000 
  $ 1,083,000 

The Company has a non-contributory 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all non-union employee who are at least 21 years of age
and have completed 3 months of service. There were no employer contributions to the Plan for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018.

F-30

 
  
   
   
  
 
 
Table of Contents

Share Repurchase Plan

On July 9, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 10 million shares of its outstanding common shares as market
conditions warrant over a period of 18 months. The Company has not implemented the share repurchase plan to date and has not repurchased any shares
under the plan.

Litigation

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will be resolved only
when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such

 
   
 
 
 
contingent liabilities, and such assessment inherently involves an exercise of judgment.

During the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims and litigation. Management believes that the outcome of such claims or
litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Convertible Note related litigation:

During 2019, three of the Company’s note holders have filed complaints:

Alpha Capital v. ShiftPixy, Inc.

On July 3, 2019 ShiftPixy was served with a complaint filing by Alpha Capital Anstalt (ACA) in the United States District Court, Southern District of
New York alleging breach of contract in refusing to honor the conversion of certain convertible notes, specifically one for $310,000 submitted on June 20,
2019. ACA  sought  an  injunction  requiring  the  Company  to  issue  1  million  common  shares,  damages  for  the  claimed  breaches,  and  attorney’s  fees.  In
August 2019, the court denied the motion for a preliminary injunction but granted accelerated discovery which was completed in September 2019. As of
August 31, 2019, the Company had convertible notes outstanding with ACA for approximately $1.7 million consisting of $0.3 million of the June 2018
series, $0.2 million of the December 2018 series and $1.2 million of the March 2019 series.

Dominion Capital LLC v. ShiftPixy;

On July 18, 2019 ShiftPixy was served with a complaint filing by Dominion Capital LLC in the United States District Court, Southern District of New
York alleging breach of contract in refusing to honor the conversion of certain convertible notes. Dominion sought injunctive relief, injunction to prohibit
buyback, breach of contract on the June 2018, December 2018, and March 2019 notes, and declaratory judgment. In August 2019, the court denied the
motion for a preliminary injunction but granted accelerated discovery which was completed in September 2019. As of August 31, 2019, the Company had
convertible  notes  outstanding  with  Dominion  for  approximately  $1.5  million  consisting  of  $0.7  million  of  the  June  2018  series,  $0.2  million  of  the
December 2018 series and $0.6 million of the March 2019 series.

Both ACA  and  Dominion  have  filed  for  summary  judgment  on  their  cases.  The  court  referred  those  motions  to  a  magistrate  judge  for  a  report  and
recommendation, and the magistrate judge filed his report on November 22, 2019, recommending that the court enter judgment for money damages in
both cases consistent with the amounts accrued for by the Company, denying permanent injunctive relief, and granting declaratory relief with respect to
the stock buyback program. The Company is awaiting a response from the court as of the date of this filing.

MEF I, LP v. ShiftPixy, Inc.;

On August  27,  2019  MEF  filed  a  complaint  in  the  United  States  District  Court,  Southern  District  of  New  York  based  upon  the  Company’s  refusal  to
convert June 2018 notes. MEF seeks monetary relief of $2.1 million and seeks to appoint themselves as receiver of the Company. As of August 31, 2019
the  Company  had  convertible  notes  outstanding  to  MEF  at  approximately  $0.7  million  face  value  consisting  of  approximately  $0.5  million  and  $0.2
million for the June 2018 and December 2018 notes respectively. In November 2019 the Company filed a motion in response to the receiver request. A
hearing on the receiver matter was conducted on November 20, 2019 and the Company is awaiting a response from the court on the hearing as of the date
of this filing.

Lyons Capital, LLC Litigation

On  June  21,  2018,  ShiftPixy  was  served  with  a  summons  and  complaint  in  connection  with  a  claim  by  Lyons  Capital,  LLC,  arising  out  of  a  contract
wherein ShiftPixy, Inc., agreed to pay Lyons Capital, LLC, a total of 210,000 shares of the company’s common stock in exchange for introductions to
brokers,  research  coverage,  funds,  investment  banking  firms,  and  market  makers  as  well  as  board  representation  and  business  opportunities  and  for
promotion of the company at Lyons Capital, LLC’s annual conference. This lawsuit was settled during fiscal 2019 for an immaterial amount which was
included in general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations.

Kadima Ventures

The Company is in dispute with its software developer, Kadima Ventures, over incomplete but paid for software development work. In May 2016, the
Company  entered  into  a  contract  with  Kadima  Ventures  for  the  development  and  deployment  of  user  features  that  were  proposed  by  Kadima  for  an
original build cost of $8.5 million to complete. As of the date of this filing, the Company has spent approximately $11 million but has not received the
majority of certain software modules. In addition to the non-delivery of the paid for user features, Kadima Ventures asserts that it is owed additional funds
to turn over the work completed. The Company initiated litigation to force the delivery of the software modules paid for through fiscal 2019 and exit the
development  engagement.  In  April  2019,  Kadima  filed  a  complaint  against  ShiftPixy  in  the  County  of  Maricopa,  AZ  alleging  breach  of  contract,
promissory estoppel and unjust enrichment and has demands for an additional $10 million prior to releasing the remaining features. The parties agreed to
a transfer of the matter to an Arizona Commercial Court with the expectation that the matter would be sent to arbitration or mediation. In October 2019,
Kadima provided the software code to a third party for technical evaluation of the software in question. The Company expects to enter into mediation once
the technical evaluation is completed later in fiscal 2020. An answer to the Complaint is due January 31, 2020.

Splond Litigation

On April 8, 2019, claimant, Corey Splond, filed a class action lawsuit, naming ShiftPixy, Inc. and its client as defendants, claiming that he was scheduled
to work for more than 8 hours during 24-hour periods without being paid overtime, to which he was entitled.  In addition, claimant is seeking waiting time
penalties for the delay in payment. This lawsuit is in the initial stages; the financial impact to the Company, if any, cannot be estimated.  No liability has
been  recorded  for  this  matter  at  this  time.    In  the  event  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  the  Company’s  client  is  contractually  obligated  to  indemnify  the
Company for misreported hours and portions of the claim would be covered under the Company’s employment practices liability insurance.

Note 14: Subsequent Events

On  November  14,  the  Company  filed  a  preliminary  proxy  requesting  a  1  for  40  reverse  split  of  our  common  shares.  We  have  received  the  majority
shareholder approval for the reverse split and the Company expects the reverse split to be effective on December 16, 2019.

On December 4, 2019 the Company received a notice from the Nasdaq Capital Market stating that the Company will be delisted on December 13, 2019
unless the Company files for a hearing by December 11, 2019. The Company requested a hearing on December 9, 2019 and has a hearing scheduled for
January 23, 2020.

On  December  5,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  an  exchange  agreement  with  the  holder  of  a  majority  of  its  March  2019  Convertible  Notes.  The
exchange agreement and the related revised March 2019 note agreement revised the conversion price to $1.00 per share, extended the term of the March
2019 notes to March 1, 2022, provided for a revised quarterly amortization schedule beginning April 1, 2020, and removed certain anti-dilution terms of
the related March 2019 warrants. The holder also exchanged $222,000 of December 2018 Notes by extending the term to coincide with the revised term of
the  March  2019  notes  and  for  the  revised  amortization  schedule.  The  Company  agreed  to  issue  an  additional  $200,000  of  consideration  to  the  holder,
payable  in  common  stock,  as  consideration  for  this  exchange  and  agreed  to  increase  the  principal  outstanding  on  the  notes  exchanged  by  10%  from

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
$222,000 for the December 2018 notes to $244,000 and from $2,445,000 for the March 2019 notes to $2,890,000. On December 11, 2019, the Company
issued 870,000 shares of common stock to the holder in satisfaction of the additional $200,000 of consideration.

Management  has  evaluated  subsequent  events  pursuant  to  the  issuance  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  has  determined  that  no  additional
subsequent events occurred through the date of this filing that would require disclosure.

F-31

 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None

 
 
 
 
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules
and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (Principal  Executive
Officer)  and  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  (Principal  Financial  Officer),  to  allow  for  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and
evaluating disclosure controls and procedures, the Company recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-
benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Principal Executive Officer and
Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, as
defined in Rule 13(a) -15(e) and Rule 15(d) – 15(e) under the Exchange Act.

Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of period covered in this report,
disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of adequate
finance and accounting personnel.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in
Rules  13(a)-15(e)  and  Rule  15(d)  -15  (e)  of  the  Exchange Act.  The  Company’s  internal  control  system  was  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes,  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles. Because of inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to change in conditions, or
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  its  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  the  Company
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019, based on the framework in “Internal
Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)”  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Furthermore,  due  to  its
financial situation, the Company will be implementing further internal controls throughout its fiscal year ending 2020 as we become operative so as to
fully comply with the standards set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

Based on its evaluation as of August 31, 2019, management concluded that internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of August 31,
2019.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable
possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The material weaknesses relate to the following:

Lack of Adequate Finance and Accounting Personnel

The Company’s current accounting staff is small, and during 2019 we did not have the required infrastructure or accounting staff expertise to adequately
prepare  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  U.S.  GAAP  as  well  as  meeting  the  higher  demands  of  being  a  U.S.  public  company.  We  also  lack
adequate  written  policies  and  procedures  for  accounting  and  financial  reporting  with  respect  to  the  requirements  and  application  of  GAAP  and  SEC
disclosure requirements. The lack of sufficient personnel creates inadequate segregation of duties, which makes the reporting process susceptible to errors,
omissions, and inadequate review procedures. During 2019, the Company began to implement a plan to develop its accounting and finance staff to meet
the needs of its growing business, including but not limited to the hiring of a new staff, departmental training and the development of entity level controls
and mitigating activity level controls to reduce the risk of management override resulting from inadequate segregation of duties. The Company is in the
process of finalizing written policies and procedures to formalize the requirements of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements.

The Company did not perform an effective risk assessment or monitor internal controls over financial reporting including completing the documentation
and  procedures  surrounding  its  IT  environment,  controls  over  cut-off  procedures,  a  related  party  transaction,  accounting  for  certain  default  penalty
accruals, segregation of duties, and corporate oversight functions. The Company will continue its assessment on a quarterly basis. During the reporting of
the third quarter of fiscal 2019, we discovered a material misstatement in the calculation and reporting of its derivative financial instruments, resulting in
amended SEC filings. During the reporting of the fiscal year ending August 31, 2019 we also discovered issues surrounding the accounting of our senior
notes, including the note discount, amortization of the note discount, default penalty accrual, and for related party transactions, all of which could have
resulted in significant adjustments to our financial statements. We have reviewed and addressed the control inadequacies that resulted in this misstatement
by hiring a new Chief Financial Officer with experience in the financial instruments that give rise to the complex accounting requirements and providing
for additional accounting resources to enhance the internal control structure. The Company plans to hire additional personnel and external resources to
further mitigate these material weaknesses.

Once the remediation plan for each material weakness is fully implemented, the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting
will be considered fully addressed when the relevant internal controls have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for management to conclude
that the material weaknesses have been fully remediated and the internal controls over financial reporting is effective. The Company will work to design,
implement and rigorously test these new controls in order to make these final determinations.

This  annual  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  regarding  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.  The  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  was  not  required  to  issue  an  attestation  on  its  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting
pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls and
procedures on an on-going basis.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the changes to the internal controls over financial reporting discussed above, there were no changes that have occurred during the year ended
August 31, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information

None.

56

 
 
Table of Contents

PART III

 
 
 
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters, Control Persons and Corporate Governance; Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange
Act

Our directors are elected at our annual meeting of the shareholders. In addition, directors may be elected to fill vacancies and newly created directorships
by  the  Board  of  Directors.  Each  director  holds  the  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  and  until  his  or  her  successor  shall  have  been
elected and qualified; provided, however, that directors can be elected for a term not to exceed five (5) years.

The board of directors elects our executive officers annually, at a meeting following the annual meeting of the shareholders. The Board of Directors can
also  elect  persons  to  fill  any  executive  officer  vacancies.  Each  officer  holds  such  office  until  his  successor  is  elected  and  qualified,  or  until  his  or  her
death, earlier resignation or removal.

The table below sets forth our directors and executive officers of as of the date of this Annual Report.

Name

Position

Age

Term of Office

Scott W. Absher
Kenneth W. Weaver
Domonic J. Carney
Patrice H. Launay
Sean Higgins
Whitney White
Mark Absher

  Director, President, Chief Executive Officer
  Independent Director
  Chief Financial Officer
  Chief Financial Officer
  Independent Director
  Independent Director

Registered  In-House  Counsel,  Director  and
Secretary

59
63
53
44
54
42

57

    Inception to Present (1)
    December 5, 2016, to Present (2)
    August 4, 2019 to present
    January 24, 2018 to July 27, 2019 (5)
    September 28, 2017 to present (3)
    September 28, 2017 to present (3)

September  28,  2017  to  February  1,
2019 (6)

_________________
(1) This person serves in this position until the person resigns or is removed or replaced by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or the
shareholders.  This  person  has  been  in  the  indicated  position  with  the  Company  since  the  Company’s  inception  in  June  2015,  or  since  the  date
indicated, if not since inception.

(2) Mr. Weaver is an independent director of the Company. On November 30, 2016, we signed a Director Agreement with Mr. Weaver. The Agreement
provides  that  the  obligations  of  the  parties  did  not  become  effective  until  the  contingencies  of  SEC  Qualification  of  the  Regulation A  Offering
Statement and Nasdaq Certification of listing the common stock of the Company on The NASDAQ Capital Market were fully met, which occurred on
December 5, 2016.

(3) Mr. Higgins is an independent director of the Company. On September 28, 2017, we signed a Director Agreement with Mr. Higgins. On April 13,

2018, the shareholders approved the election of Mr. Higgins until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

(4) Mr. White is an independent director of the Company. On September 28, 2017, we signed a Director Agreement with Mr. White. On April 13, 2018,

the shareholders approved the election of Mr. White until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

(5) Mr. Launay resigned as our Chief Financial Officer on July 30, 2019

(6) Mr. Mark Absher resigned as Registered In-House Counsel, Director and Secretary on February 6, 2019. His resignation was accepted by the Board

of Directors on February 8, 2019.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Scott W. Absher joined ShiftPixy as CEO/Director upon formation in June 2015. Since February 2010 he has also been President of Struxurety, a business
insurance advisory company. As a member of the board, Mr. Absher contributes significant industry-specific experience and expertise on our insurance
products and services. He contributes his knowledge of the company and a deep understanding of all aspects of our business, products and markets, as
well substantial experience developing corporate strategy, assessing emerging industry trends, and business operations.

Kenneth W. Weaver became ShiftPixy’s first independent director on December 5, 2016. Mr. Weaver currently serves as the chairman and only director
of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominations Committee. Since April 2012 to date, Mr. Weaver has been the sole proprietor of
Ken Weaver Consulting, providing operations consulting for TVV Capital, a Nashville Private Equity firm. Before his service with TVV, Mr. Weaver
spent  over  30  years  with  Bridgestone  Corporation,  having  served  in  various  responsible  leadership  roles,  including  as  President,  Bridgestone  North
American Tire Commercial Sales, Chief Financial Officer, Bridgestone Americas and Chairman, CEO and President, Firestone Diversified Products. Mr.
Weaver  earned  both  his  bachelor’s  degree  in  business  and  his  Master  of  Business  Administration  degree  from  Pennsylvania  State  University.  Mr.
Weaver’s substantial financial background qualifies him as an audit committee financial expert under applicable rules.

Whitney White was elected to serve as an Independent Director of the Company on September 28, 2017. From April 2017 to date, Mr. White has been
Chief Operating Officer & Chief Technology Officer of Prime Trust, LLC, a Nevada chartered trust company. Before his service with Prime Trust, Mr.
White spent 17 years with W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC., an investment banking, advisory and brokerage firm that was the Underwriter of the Company’s
recently completed Regulation A offering, having served in various executive roles, including Chief Technology Officer and more recently as Managing
Director, Equity Capital Markets. Mr. White earned a bachelor’s degree in computer science & psychology from Hamilton College, a Master of Business
Administration  degree  in  finance  and  accounting  from  Columbia  University’s  Graduate  School  of  Business,  and  a  Master  of  Business Administration
degree in technology and entrepreneurship from the University of California Berkeley’s Hass School of Business. Mr. White holds a Series 79 license as
an Investment Banking Representative, a Series 24 license as a General Securities Principal, and a Series 7 license as a General Securities Representative.
As a member of the board, Mr. White contributes the benefits of decades of leadership and management experience building and advising early stage,
technology-driven  companies.  Based  on  his  investment  banking  experience,  Mr.  White  brings  to  the  board  the  benefits  of  corporate  finance  and
governance  expertise.  As  an  experienced  senior  technologist,  Mr.  White  brings  to  ShiftPixy  years  of  experience  applying  technology  to  enhance
traditional business processes. Mr. White will serve as chairman of the Compensation Committee and the Nominations Committee, and he will also serve
on the Audit Committee.

Sean Higgins was elected to serve as an Independent Director of the Company on September 28, 2017. Since December 2002, Mr. Higgins has served as
co-founder and Vice President of Professional Services of Herjavec Group, an information security solutions firm headquartered in Toronto, Ontario. Mr.
Higgins  earned  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  computer  science  from  Purdue  University  and  a  Master  of  Science  degree  in  electrical  engineering  and  applied
physics from Case Western Reserve University. As a member of the board, Mr. Higgins contributes his significant industry, technical, and entrepreneurial
experience. Mr. Higgins will serve on the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominations Committee.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Domonic Carney was appointed to serve as Chief Financial Officer on August 4, 2019. Mr. Carney brings substantial experience in small, high-growth
companies as well as over fifteen years of C-Level experience in MicroCap public companies. Before his service with ShiftPixy, from 2014 until 2019 Mr
Carney served as the Chief Financial Officer for Ener-Core, Inc (ENCR-OTC), an energy technology company located in Irvine, CA. Between 2012 and
2014, Mr. Carney provided C-Level finance and accounting consulting services to manufacturing, health care, energy, and technology companies in San
Diego and Irvine, CA. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Carney served as the Chief Financial Officer for Composite Technology Corporation (CPTC-OTC), an
energy equipment and technology company that grew from pre-revenue to over $75M a year between 2005 and 2008. Mr. Carney began his career at
Deloitte & Touche where he audited high tech startups in Palo Alto, CA. Between 1994 and 2001, Mr. Carney worked for various high tech startups in
Silicon Valley, CA including software development, internet, and Internet Service Providers in increasing levels of responsibility. From 2001 until 2004,
Mr. Carney was the Finance Director in San Diego, CA providing Finance support for the Western half of the US Operations of Danka Office Imaging.
Mr.  Carney  holds  a  Masters  in Accounting  degree  from  Northeastern  University,  a  Bachelors  of Arts  in  Economics  from  Dartmouth  College,  and  is
licensed as a Certified Public Accounting (inactive status) in the State of California.

Mark Absher  was  elected  to  serve  as  an  Independent  Director  of  the  Company  on  September  28,  2017  in  addition  to  continuing  as  the  Company’s
Registered  In-House  Counsel,  a  position  he  has  held  since  June  2016.  Before  his  service  with  ShiftPixy,  Mr. Absher  served  for  11  years  as Associate
General Counsel of LifeWay, a Nashville based publisher and retail organization. Mr. Absher earned a bachelor’s degree in English education from Bob
Jones University and a Juris Doctor degree from The John Marshall Law School in Chicago. Mr. Absher holds licenses to practice law in Illinois and
Tennessee and is registered in California to provide legal services as in-house counsel to ShiftPixy, Inc. As a member of the board, Mr. Absher contributes
significant industry-specific experience and expertise with regard to the Company’s service offering, having served as legal counsel or advisor to three
companies  in  the  employment  services  industry.  In  addition,  Mr. Absher  contributes  his  knowledge  of  the  Company’s  business,  service  offerings  and
markets,  as  well  his  substantial  experience  assisting  with  the  development  of  corporate  strategy  and  business  operations.  Mr. Absher  is  the  brother  of
ShiftPixy’s CEO, Scott W. Absher. Mr. Absher resigned on February 6, 2019.

Patrice Launay was appointed to serve Chief Financial Officer on January 24, 2018. Before his service with ShiftPixy, Mr Launay served as an audit
manager for various large regional and multinational accounting firms. Mr Launay began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) where he spent six
years in Paris  and  Los Angeles.  Mr  Launay  then  spent  two  years  at  Groupe  Roullier  as  Corporate  Controller,  and  the  following  two  years  as  an  audit
Manager for the City Auditor Office of the City of Long Beach, California, where he led several audits to help prevent and deter fraud within the city’s
programs. From 2011 to 2016 Mr. Launay worked for BDO USA and was involved in the audits of several listed and non-listed companies in the US and
Australia. Immediately before joining ShiftPixy, he served as a financial and accounting manager for RxSight, Inc., providing month end close assistance,
designing  and  implementing  effective  controls,  and  drafting  accounting  procedures.  Mr.  Launay  holds  a  master’s  degree  from  the  Business  School  of
Tours (ESCEM) France with a major in Finance and Accounting, is a Certified Public Accountant (Active) and a Certified Fraud Examiner (Inactive) and
holds a Series 65 securities license. Mr. Launay resigned as Chief Financial Officer on July 30, 2019.

Family Relationships

Scott Absher and Mark Absher are brothers. There are no other family relationships between any of our officers and directors.

59

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

No  officer,  director,  or  persons  nominated  for  such  positions,  promoter  or  significant  employee  has  been  involved  in  the  last  ten  years  in  any  of  the
following:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the
bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time,

Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses),

Being  subject  to  any  order,  judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,
permanently  or  temporarily  enjoining,  barring,  suspending  or  otherwise  limiting  his  involvement  in  any  type  of  business,  securities  or  banking
activities,

Being  found  by  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  (in  a  civil  action),  the  Commission  or  the  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission  to  have
violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.

Having any government agency, administrative agency, or administrative court impose an administrative finding, order, decree, or sanction against
them as a result of their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

Being the subject of a pending administrative proceeding related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

Having any administrative proceeding threatened against them related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Administrative Order and Settlement with State Securities Commissions

On June 25, 2013, the Alabama Securities Commission issued a Cease and Desist Order (the “Order”) against Scott W. Absher and other named persons
and entities, requiring that they cease and desist from further offers or sales of any security in the State of Alabama. The Order asserts, regarding Mr.
Absher, that he was the president of a Company that issued unregistered securities to certain Alabama residents, that he was the owner of a company that
was seeking investments, and that in March 2011 he spoke to an Alabama resident who was an investor in one of the named entities. The Order thereupon
concludes that Mr. Absher and others caused the offer or sale of unregistered securities through unregistered agents. While Mr. Absher disputes many of
the factual statements and specifically that he was an owner or officer of any of the entities involved in the sale of the unregistered securities to Alabama
residents or that he authorized any person to solicit investments for his company, in the interest of allowing the matter to become resolved, he did not
provide a response.

Legal Matters related to Co-Founder, Major Shareholder and Independent Contractor

J.  Stephen  Holmes  is  a  co-founder  and  currently  an  independent  contractor  and  major  shareholder. As  a  condition  of  certifying  ShiftPixy’s  Common
Stock for a NASDAQ listing, Mr. Holmes and ShiftPixy mutually agreed to the disclosure by ShiftPixy of his prior conviction for acts related to making
false statements in relation to two quarterly IRS Form 941 Employer Federal Quarterly tax returns, one in 1996 and the second 1997, for a company for
which  he  was  at  the  time  an  officer.  The  former  company  and  ShiftPixy  are  not  affiliated  or  related  in  any  way. As  an  independent  contractor  with
ShiftPixy,  Mr.  Holmes  is  focusing  upon  building  a  sales  network  and  providing  consulting  in  relation  to  workers’  compensation  programs  as  well  as
Affordable Care Act health insurance programs, and as such is not involved in any part of the accounting or tax paying and IRS return filing areas of
ShiftPixy’s operations.

Board Composition

At August 31, 2019, our board of directors consisted of four members. Each director of the Company serves until the next annual meeting of stockholders
and until his successor is elected and duly qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Our board is authorized to appoint persons to the
offices of Chairman of the Board of Directors, President, Chief Executive Officer, one or more vice presidents, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and
a Secretary and such other offices as may be determined by the board.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders
through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business
and understanding of our prospective markets.

Director Independence

Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one
year  of  listing.  In  addition,  the  NASDAQ  Listing  Rules  require  that,  subject  to  specified  exceptions,  each  member  of  a  listed  company’s  audit,
compensation  and  nominating  and  corporate  governance  committees  be  independent  and  that  audit  committee  members  also  satisfy  the  independence
criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In  selecting  our  independent  directors,  our  board  considered  the  relationships  that  each  such  person  has  with  our  Company  and  all  the  other  facts  and
circumstances  our  board  deemed  relevant  in  determining  independence,  including  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our  capital  stock  by  each  such  person.
Using this definition of independence, we have determined that three directors, Ken Weaver, Whitney White and Sean Higgins, are independent directors.
Scott Absher is not independent as he is an officer and significant shareholder of the Company.

As  of August  31,  2019,  our  board  of  directors  consists  of  Scott Absher,  Ken  Weaver  (independent),  Whitney  White  (independent)  and  Sean  Higgins
(independent).

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: audit, compensation and nominating. Each committee operates under a charter that has
been  approved  by  our  board. As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  we  have  three  independent  directors  who  serve  on  each  of  the  three  committees,  and  one
member of each of the committees serves as chairman of such committee.

Audit Committee

As of the date of this report, three independent directors serve on the audit committee. Our first member, Kenneth Weaver, qualifies as an audit committee
financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making a determination on which member will qualify as a
financial expert, our board expects to consider the formal education and nature and scope of such members’ previous experience.

Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated
financial statements. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements and
related disclosures;

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

overseeing our internal accounting function;

discussing our risk management policies;

establishing  policies  regarding  hiring  employees  from  our  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  procedures  for  the  receipt  and  retention  of
accounting-related complaints and concerns;

meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

preparing the audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

As  of  the  date  of  this  report,  three  independent  directors  serve  on  the  Compensation  Committee.  Our  compensation  committee  assists  our  board  of
directors  in  the  discharge  of  its  responsibilities  relating  to  the  compensation  of  our  executive  officers.  The  compensation  committee’s  responsibilities
include:

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

·

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to Chief Executive Officer compensation;

making recommendations to our board with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisers;

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure; and

preparing the compensation committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee, at any time, have been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently
serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive
officers on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

As  of August  31,  2019,  our  board  of  directors  consists  of  Scott Absher,  Ken  Weaver  (independent),  Whitney  White  (independent)  and  Sean  Higgins
(independent). Mark Absher resigned from the board of directors on February 1, 2019.

For fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, there were five directors, Mr. Scott Absher, Mr. Mark Absher, Mr. Kenneth Weaver, Mr. Whitney White and Mr.
Sean  Higgins.  For  fiscal  year  ended August  31,  2017,  there  were  two  directors,  Mr.  Scott Absher  and  Mr.  Ken  Weaver.  On  December  5,  2016,  Mr.
Weaver joined the board, and he has from that date to August 31, 2018, served as the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

On September 28, 2017, two additional independent directors were added to the Board of Directors, Whitney White and Sean Higgins. Mr. White served
as the Chairman of the Compensation and Nomination Committee. The audit committee and the Compensation and Nominations Committee are made up
three independent directors as of August 31, 2019.

63

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Nominating Committee

As of the date of this report, three independent directors serve on the Nominating Committee. The nominating committee’s responsibilities include:

·

·

·

·

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our board of directors;

reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

The board of directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board currently implements
its  risk  oversight  function  as  a  whole.  Each  of  the  board  committees  also  provides  risk  oversight  in  respect  of  its  areas  of  concentration  and  reports
material risks to the board for further consideration.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The code of conduct is posted on
our website, and we will post all disclosures that are required by law or NASDAQ rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of
the code.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who beneficially
own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of beneficial ownership and changes in beneficial ownership of
the  Company’s  securities  with  the  SEC  on  Forms  3  (Initial  Statement  of  Beneficial  Ownership),  4  (Statement  of  Changes  of  Beneficial  Ownership  of
Securities) and 5 (Annual Statement of Beneficial Ownership of Securities). Directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the
Company’s Common Stock are required by SEC regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms that they file. Our directors
and executive officers have filed such reports as required.

64

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The table below summarizes all compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers, which consists of our Principal Executive
Officer and our Principal Financial Officer for the years ended August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018:

Name

  Title   Year  

Salary

Bonus

Stock
awards

Option
awards

Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation

All
other
compensation

Total
compensation

Scott  W.
Absher

  CEO  
  CEO  

2019   $
2018   $

750,000(1)
750,000(1)

Domonic
J.
Carney   CFO  

Patrice
H.
Launay   CFO  
  CFO  

2019   $

12,115 (2)

2019   $
2018   $

285,558(3)
180,000(3)

-
-

-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-
-

-

50,875 (4,6)  
50,875 (4,6)  

-
-

-

-
-

  $

-
-

750,000
750,000 

-

  $

12,115

-
-

  $
  $

336,433
230,875 

Stephen
P.
DeSantis  CFO  
___________
(1) Mr. Absher’s annual salary was increased to $750,000 per year, beginning in December of 2016 and continuing through August 31, 2019.

62,826 (5)

2018   $

  $

-

-

-

-

-

62,826

(2) Mr. Carney joined ShiftPixy on August 4, 2019 at an annual salary of $350,000.

(3) Awarded a salary of $240,000 per year, initiated in January 24, 2018 and increased to $350,000 per year on February 1, 2019

(4) Awarded as an employee under the ShiftPixy, Inc. 2017 Stock Option / Stock Issuance Plan. 50,000 options were issued at an exercise price of $1.28
per  share  on April  1,  2019;  50,000  options  were  issued  at  an  exercise  price  of  $2.95  per  share  on  February  1,  2018;  and  6,250  were  issued  at  an
exercise price of $2.50 per share on May 10, 2018, estimated to have been the fair market value price per share at the time of the award.

(5) Reflects a salary of $250,000 per year. Mr. Stephen DeSantis tendered his resignation as Chief Financial Officer of ShiftPixy, Inc., which took effect

on October 20, 2017.

(6) The amount shown for option awards represent the grant date fair value of such awards granted to the Named Executive Officers as computed in
accordance  with  Financial Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”) Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  Topic  718,  Compensation-Stock
Compensation. For each award, the grant date fair value is calculated using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. This amount does
not correspond to the actual value that may be realized by the Named Executive Officers upon vesting or exercise of such award. For information on
the assumptions used to calculate the value of the awards, refer to Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
   
 
     
 
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
 
   
 
     
 
       
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agreements Regarding Change in Control and Termination of Employment

None

65

 
  
Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 
 
 
The  following  table  summarizes  the  outstanding  equity  awards  held  by  each  named  executive  officer  as  of  August  31,  2019.  This  table  includes
unexercised and unvested options and equity awards

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END AUGUST 31, 2019

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)

-   

-  $

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date
4.0   3/15/2027    

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
that
have
not
Vested
(#)

Market
Value
of
Shares
or
Units
of
Stock
that
have
not
Vested
(#)

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or
Other
Rights that
Have
not
Vested
($)

-   

-   

-   

- 

Number of
Shares or
Units
of
Stock that
have
not
Vested
(#)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Exercisable   
50,000   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)

Scott Absher, CEO   

Director Compensation

Our directors classified as employees receive no additional compensation for services as directors of the Company. The following table summarizes the
compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019:

Fees Earned
or
Paid in
Cash
($)
(b) (1)

Stock
Awards
($)
(c) (2)

Name
(a)
Kenneth W. Weaver
Whitney J. White
Sean C. Higgins
______________ 
(1) Represents monthly board of director fees paid or payable in cash for fiscal 2019.

91,000    $
90,500    $
85,000    $

  $
  $
  $

75,000(3)    $
37,500(4)    $
37,500(5)    $

Option
Awards
($)2
(d)

All Other
Compensation
($)
(e)

--    $
--    $
--    $

Total
($)
(f)
166,000 
128,000 
122,500 

--    $
--    $
--    $

(2) Represents annual value of stock awards issued during fiscal 2019 under the Company’s 2017 Stock Option/Stock Awards Plan (“Plan”). Each non-
employee director earns $75,000 in restricted stock annually under the terms of their Director Agreement. Each director’s share issuances are made
either on an annual basis or semi-annual basis and are valued on the market price on the date of issuance which is deemed to be fair value. See notes
(3)-(5) below for issuances made in 2019. Mr. Weaver received his entire $75,000 stock award in 2019. Messrs. White and Higgins received $37,500
each in 2019 with the balance issued subsequent to the fiscal year end August 31, 2019.

(3) Pursuant to the terms of Mr Weaver’s Director Agreement, we issued two tranches of stock for fiscal 2019 valued at $37,500 each and consisting of

48,077 shares on May 15, 2019 at $0.78 per share and 79,788 shares issued on August 19, 2019 at $$0.47 per share.

(4) Reflects the award, pursuant to the terms of Mr. White’s Director Agreement, of 16,448 shares issued on April 16, 2019 valued at $37,500 or $2.28

per share.

(5) Reflects the award, pursuant to the terms of Mr. Higgins’s Director Agreement, of 16,448 shares issued on April 16, 2019 valued at $37,500 or $2.28

per share.

The compensation of the Directors and Executive Officers is subject to future adjustments, as determined by the Compensation Committee pursuant to the
terms of its charter.

66

 
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  known  to  us  regarding  beneficial  ownership  of  our  capital  stock  as  of August  31,  2019,  for  (i)  all
executive officers and directors as a group and (ii) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than ten
percent (10%) of our capital stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 36,281,895 shares of common stock deemed to
be outstanding as of August 31, 2019. In addition, shares of common stock that may be acquired by the stockholder within 60 days of August 31, 2019,
pursuant to the exercise of stock options are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such shareholder but are
not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person shown in the table.

Common Stock

Name of Beneficial Owner [1]
Scott W. Absher [2]
Stephen Holmes
Domonic J. Carney
Kenneth W. Weaver [3]
Whitney J. White [3]
Sean C. Higgins [3]
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group [7 persons]
___________
[1]

The business address for all the persons named in the table is 1 Venture, Suite 150, Irvine, CA 92618. 

[2] Represents 12,500,000 shares of common stock and 50,000 shares underlying options exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2019.

[3] Represents shares issued in conjunction with services rendered as directors of ShiftPixy.

67

Number of
Shares
 Beneficially
Owned
12,550,000     
11,790,000     
--     
202,456     
42,764     
42,764     
24,627,984     

Number
of Shares
Acquirable

Beneficial
Ownership
Percentage  

0     
0     
0     
0     
0     
0     
0     

34.5%
32.5%
0.0%
0.6%
0.1%
0.1%
67.9%

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

All references to shares issued below represent fully assessed and issuable shares of Common Stock of the Company on the date of issuance:

On September 28, 2017, Whitney White and Sean Higgins, two of the Company’s independent directors, were awarded 26,316 shares each for services
valued at $75,000 at a fair value of $2.85 per share.

On August 9, 2018, Ken Weaver, our Chairman of the Audit Committee and independent director, was granted 12,296 shares at a fair value at the time of
issuance of $37,500 or $3.05 per share. The shares in connection with such issuance were deemed to have been purchased and immediately vested on
August 9, 2018, as a consequence of Mr. Weaver’s continued service as director through that date. An additional 12,296 shares were also committed on
August  9,  2018,  to  issue  through  the  Plan  to  Mr.  Weaver,  at  a  fair  value  of  $37,500  or  $3.05  per  share,  and  deemed  to  have  been  purchased  and
immediately vested on November 30, 2018, as a consequence of Mr. Weaver’s continued service as director through that date

On April 16, 2019, Messrs. White and Higgins were issued 16,448 shares each for services valued at $37,500 at a fair value of $2.28 per share.

On June 6, 2019, Mr. Steven Holmes, a company founder and significant shareholder who provides sales consulting services was advanced $325,000 in
cash. On July 18, 2019 Mr. Holmes repaid the advance by returning 558,132 shares of common stock valued at $0.58 per share

On August 19, 2019 Mr. Weaver was issued 79,788 shares for services valued at $37,500 at a fair value of $0.47 per share.

Director Independence

Our  board  of  directors  has  determined  that  we  have  three  board  members  that  qualify  as  “independent”  as  the  term  is  used  in  Item  7(d)(3)(iv)(B)  of
Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as defined by Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

68

 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Marcum LLP was our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, and 2018

The following table shows the fees paid or reasonably expected to be incurred by us for the audit and other services provided by our auditor for fiscal
years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018.

Audit Fees (Marcum LLP)
All Other Fees
Total

2019

2018

  $

  $

275,000    $
-     
275,000    $

259,000 
- 
259,000 

As  defined  by  the  SEC,  (i)  “audit  fees”  are  fees  for  professional  services  rendered  by  our  principal  accountant  for  the  audit  of  our  annual  financial
statements and review of financial statements included in our Form 10-K, or for services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with
statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years; (ii) “audit-related fees” are fees for assurance and related services by our principal
accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “audit fees;” (iii)
“tax fees” are fees for professional services rendered by our principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning; and (iv) “all other fees”
are fees for products and services provided by our principal accountant, other than the services reported under “audit fees,” “audit-related fees,” and “tax
fees.”

Under applicable SEC rules, the Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in
order to ensure that they do not impair the auditors’ independence. The SEC’s rules specify the types of non-audit services that an independent auditor
may not provide to its audit client and establish the Audit Committee’s responsibility for administration of the engagement of the independent auditors.
Accordingly, our Audit Committee will pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors.

Consistent with the SEC’s rules, the Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee review and pre-approve all audit services and permitted
non-audit services provided by the independent auditors to us or any of our subsidiaries. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a
member of the Audit Committee and if it does, the decisions of that member must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

69

 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
  
   
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits

Exhibit No.   Document Description

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

10.1

10.2

  Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to our Offering Circular filed with the SEC on Form 1-A on May 31,

2016)

  Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.6 to our Form 1-A/A filed with the SEC on October 18,

2016)

  Bylaws of ShiftPixy, Inc., as amended through February 16, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our 8-K, filed with the

SEC on February 22, 2018)

  Articles of Incorporation – Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.4 to our Form 1-A/A, filed

with the SEC on August 16, 2016)

  Bylaws – Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.5 to our Form 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on

August 16, 2016)

  Amended Principal Shareholder Option (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.5 to our 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2016)

  Stock Option and Share Issuance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.8 to our 1-A POS, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017)

  Form of Secured Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on

June 8, 2018)

10.3

  Form of Security Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June

8, 2018)

10.4

10.5

  Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 8, 2018)

  Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the

SEC on June 8, 2018)

10.6

  Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the

SEC on June 8, 2018)

10.7

  Amendment  to  Kenneth  Weaver  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.7  to  our  Annual  Report  on  form  10-K/A,

Amendment No. 2, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2018)

10.8

10.9

10.10

Form of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note Due December 31, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 20, 2018.)

Form of Departure of Directors or Officer (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-k filed with the
SEC on February 12, 2019.)

Form of Secured Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 12, 2019.)

10.11

  Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

10.12

10.13

10.14

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Amendment Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 12, 2019.)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, Dated December 20, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit
10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, Dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form  of  Press  Release  of  Stock  Buyback,  Dated  July  12,  2019 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.1  to  our  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2019.)

Form of Offer Letter to Domonic Carney, dated July 16, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form
8-K, filed with the SEC on August 1, 2019.)

21.1

  List of Subsidiaries of ShiftPixy, Inc.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

23

31.1

  Consent of Marcum LLP, independent registered accounting firm as to fiscal year ended August 31, 2018*

  CERTIFICATION  of  CEO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  302  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

31.2

  CERTIFICATION  of  CFO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  302  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

32.1 **

  CERTIFICATION  of  CEO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEYACT OF 2002

 
  
 
 
 
 
32.2 **

  CERTIFICATION  of  CFO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEYACT OF 2002

Exhibit 101  

Interactive  data  files  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.***

101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document***

101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document***

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document***

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document***

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document***

101.PRE
__________
* Filed herewith

* This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that
section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether
made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filings.

** XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes
of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ShiftPixy, Inc.,
a Wyoming corporation

Title

  Name

  Date

Signature

Principal Executive Officer

Scott W. Absher

  December 13, 2019  

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated:

SIGNATURE

  NAME

  TITLE

  DATE

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Scott W. Absher

Principal Executive Officer and Director

  December 13, 2019

/s/ Domonic J. Carney

  Domonic J. Carney

Principal Financial Officer

  December 13, 2019

/s/ Sean C. Higgins  

Sean C. Higgins

Independent Director

  December 13, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Kenneth W. Weaver

  Kenneth W. Weaver

Independent Director

  December 13, 2019

/s/ Whitney J. White

  Whitney J. White

Independent Director

  December 13, 2019

The above signatures constitute the signatures of the majority of our Board of Directors

72

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No. Document Description

EXHIBIT INDEX

 
 
 
3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to our Offering Circular filed with the SEC on Form 1-A on May 31,
2016)

Amendment to Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.6 to our Form 1-A/A filed with the SEC on October 18,
2016)

Bylaws of ShiftPixy, Inc., as amended through February 16, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.2 to our 8-K, filed with the
SEC on February 22, 2018)

Articles of Incorporation Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.4 to our Form 1-A/A, filed with
the SEC on August 16, 2016)

Bylaws  Shift  Human  Capital  Management  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  2.5  to  our  Form  1-A/A,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
August 16, 2016)

Amended Principal Shareholder Option (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.5 to our 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2016)

Stock Option and Share Issuance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.8 to our 1-A POS, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017)

Form of Secured Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
June 8, 2018)

Form of Security Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June
8, 2018)

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 8, 2018)

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on June 8, 2018)

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on June 8, 2018)

Amendment  to  Kenneth  Weaver  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.7  to  our  Annual  Report  on  form  10-K/A,
Amendment No. 2, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2018)

Form of 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note Due December 31, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 20, 2018.)

Form of Departure of Directors or Officer (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 99.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-k filed with the
SEC on February 12, 2019.)

10.10

Form of Secured Convertible Note (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 12, 2019.)

10.11

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the
SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Amendment Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
March 12, 2019.)

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, Dated December 20, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit
10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, Dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.5 to
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 12, 2019.)

Form  of  Press  Release  of  Stock  Buyback,  Dated  July  12,  2019 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  99.1  to  our  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2019.)

Form of Offer Letter to Domonic Carney, dated July 16, 2019 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form
8-K, filed with the SEC on August 1, 2019.)

Form of Amended and Restated 8% Senior Secured Convertible Note, Dated June 4, 2018 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to
our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 6, 2019.)

Form  of Amended  and  Restated  Senior  Secured  Convertible  Note,  Dated  March  12 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  4.2  to  our
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 6, 2019.)

Form  of  Exchange Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on
December 6, 2019.)

21.1

List of Subsidiaries of ShiftPixy, Inc.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

23

31.1

  Consent of Marcum LLP, independent registered accounting firm as to fiscal year ended August 31, 2019*

  CERTIFICATION  of  CEO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  302  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

31.2

  CERTIFICATION  of  CFO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  302  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

32.1 **

  CERTIFICATION  of  CEO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEYACT OF 2002

32.2 **

  CERTIFICATION  of  CFO  PURSUANT  TO  18  U.S.C.  SECTION  1350, AS ADOPTED  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  906  OF  THE

SARBANES-OXLEYACT OF 2002

Exhibit 101  

Interactive  data  files  formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.***

101.INS

  XBRL Instance Document***

101.SCH

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document***

101.CAL

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document***

101.DEF

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document***

101.LAB

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document***

  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document***

101.PRE
___________
* Filed herewith

* This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that
section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether
made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any filings.

** XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes
of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

74

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of ShiftPixy, Inc. on Amendment No.1 to Form S-3 File No. 333-230682 of
our report which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern dated December 13, 2019 with respect to
our audits of the consolidated financial statements of ShiftPixy, Inc. as of August 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018,
which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc. for the year ended August 31, 2019.

EXHIBIT 23

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP
New York, NY
December 13, 2019

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Scott W. Absher, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal
control over financial reporting.

DATE: December 13, 2019

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By: /s/ Scott W. Absher
Scott W. Absher
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Domonic J. Carney, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)

b)

c)

d)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our
supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a)

b)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the  registrant's  internal
control over financial reporting.

DATE: December 13, 2019

By: /s/ Domonic J. Carney
Domonic J. Carney
Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that
the Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  period  ended August  31,  2019,  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of
Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATE: December 13, 2019

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By: /s/ Scott W. Absher
Scott W. Absher
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature
that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc., and will be
retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that
the Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  period  ended August  31,  2019,  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  (the  "Company")  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of
Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

DATE: December 13, 2019

By: /s/ Domonic J. Carney
Domonic J. Carney
Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature
that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc. and will be
retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.